This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'release-1_1'.

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/tags/release-1_1@18221 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/directory/perldap/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+1999-01-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed (tried to fix...) the bug with
+	missing attributes. I hope this will work, at a minimum I'm sure
+	it won't hurt. The idea is to keep the case on the attribute type
+	when requesting the values_len().
+
+1999-01-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* API.xs: Added IF statements around all ldap_value_free() calls.
+
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getRes): Ooops, didn't return the appropriate
+	value... :(
+	(init): Changed test for LDAP_SUCCESS, to always return 0 or 1.
+	(close): Dito.
+	(delete): Dito.
+	(add): Dito.
+	(modifyRDN): Dito.
+	(update): Dito.
+	(simpleAuth): Dito.
+
+	* Entry.pm (NEXTKEY): Don't return the last $key if it's one that
+	should be hidden.
+
+	* Conn.pm (newEntry): New method, to create an empty LDAP::Entry
+	object. It is properly "tied" into the appropriate object.
+
+1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (setDN): Added third optional argument, to enfoce DN
+	normalization.
+	(getDN): Dito.
+	(hasDNValue): Dito.
+	(matchDNValue): Dito.
+
+	* Entry.pm (removeValue): Added support for DN normalization
+	(optional argument).
+	(addValue): Dito
+	(getDN): Dito.
+
+1998-12-31  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Added this method, don't know if it actually
+	makes any sense at all... :(
+
+	* Conn.pm (add): Use _oc_order_ to find a list of attributes, to
+	avoide calling the TIEHASH methods.
+	(update): Dito.
+	(ALL): Clean out some "my" definitions.
+
+	* Entry.pm (unRemove): New function, to undo remove opertaions on
+	an attribute.
+	(DELETE): Bug-fix, don't undef the attribute, it would prevent us
+	from updating it properly in the Conn::update() method.
+	(remove): Dito.
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Return $obj instead of blessing the %entry
+	(again).
+
+1998-12-25  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (POD): Changed examples from $conn -> $entry.
+
+1998-12-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (DESTROY): undef the Perl data after doing a
+	ldap_msgfree(), bug #1964.
+	(search): Dito.
+	(searchURL): Dito.
+	(nextEntry): Changed the order of setting numattr, to make sure
+	it's zero if we don't find anything.
+
+1998-12-16  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Modified to honor the oc_order.
+	(NEXTKEY): Dito.
+	(markModified): Made as an alias for attrModified().
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Added code to handle internal counters for
+	number of attributes in oc_order. This is used/needed for the
+	FIRSTKEY and NEXTKEY methods in the Entry/Tie::Hash object.
+
+	* Entry.pm (isAttr): New method, to make sure an attribute name
+	really is a valid LDAP attribute.
+	(FIRSTKEY): Now we'll handle each() and keys() properly, whooohoo!
+	(NEXTKEY): Dito.
+
+1998-12-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Added new method, almost identical to isModified().
+	(EXISTS): New method, to implement the EXISTS functionality.
+
+	* API.xs (RET_CPP): Test for NULL pointers, bug #1387.
+	(RET_BVPP): Dito.
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Fixed bug where "-s 0" would not be honored
+	(I'm an idiot, OK?).
+
+1998-12-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getRes): New method, to return the internal result message.
+	(getLD): Use defined() around test for existence.
+
+1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Make sure binddn and bindpasswd are set to the
+	empty string unless specified.
+	(init): Make sure certdb is defined before trying to use it.
+	(setDefaultRebindProc): Added default auth method, unless
+	explicitly specified.
+
+	* Utils.pm (askPassword): Added support for Term::ReadKey.
+	(askPassword): Moved the eval "use ..." here.
+	(userCredentials): Removed verbose print statement.
+	(askPassword): Added an optional argument to print a prompt;
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Added a default "auth" value, if
+	not provided in the call.
+
+1998-12-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Modified so that "silent" install will actually
+	echo what options it's setting.
+	It will now croak() if the SDK dir specified doesn't exist.
+
+	* INSTALL: Updated to reflect new v1.1 stuff. Added links to the
+	FAQ.
+
+	* README: Dito. Also changed some of the binary install
+	information, which might not be useful anyways...
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added "filters" to remove .dll and .sl from shared
+	libraries when creating link options. I also replaced the code to
+	put the valid library extensions into a variable (bug #1344).
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixed some crap with the config parsing, and ENV
+	handling (for silent installs).
+
+1998-12-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix, now we empty the hash array before
+	examining changed attributes (bug #1385).
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added the "-nolinenumbers" XSUBS options (bug #1329).
+
+1998-09-26  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (init): Cleaned out _perror() calls.
+	(delete): Added support for calling delete() with an Entry::
+	object as paramter.
+	(new): Cleaned out some dead code for $ref.
+
+	* Entry.pm (setValue): New method, to avoid having to use Perl
+	assignment statements to set an entire attribute value.
+
+1998-09-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (init): Changed call to ldapssl_client_init() to pass a
+	0 value as the handle pointer. This avoids a Perl compiler warning.
+
+1998-09-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* LDIF.pm (readEntries): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
+	defined().
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Bug fix, we used the wrong option for the
+	certificate (-P) when checking to set the LDAP port.
+	(normalizeDN): Chagned tests for empty arguments, to use use defined().
+
+	* Entry.pm (STORE): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
+	defined().
+	(DELETE): Dito.
+	(attrModified): Dito.
+	(isModified): Dito.
+	(remove): Dito.
+	(removeValue): Dito.
+	(addValue): Dito.
+	(hasValue): Dito.
+	(matchValue): Dito.
+	(setDN): Dito.
+	(size): Dito.
+	(exists): Dito.
+
+	* Conn.pm (printError): Changed test for $str to see if it's defined.
+	(delete): Cleaned up code around $dn.
+	(modifyRDN): Cleaned up testes around $dn and $del.
+
+1998-09-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): We now preserve the case of the DN/RDN, but
+	still treat RDNs as CIS when comparing strings.
+
+1998-09-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Bug fix, it had the Ldapc:: crap
+	stil in there... :-(.
+	(simpleAuth): New method, to do simple authentication rebind.
+
+1998-09-07  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Changed all <> to <STDIN>, to support command line
+	arguments for MakeMaker.
+
+1998-09-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed bug with case sensitivity.
+
+1998-08-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): It's back!
+	Officially released PerLDAP v1.0.
+
+1998-08-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixed so that automated installs works.
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Fixed narly bug with ldap_modify()...
+
+	* All: Cleaned up some hash indexes, to make sure they are
+	properly quoted, and there are no conflicts to resolve.
+	
+	* Entry.pm (STORE): Fixed a bug with attribute names not being
+	properly added to _oc_order_.
+	(addValue): Dito, added the same code as for STORE.
+
+1998-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Copied/modified from the Utils.pm library.
+	(isModified): Added this function, thought it might be useful.
+
+1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): Fixed! It also has an option to take an
+	"external" DN as an argument, if supplied.
+
+1998-08-02  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Now takes two optional arguments, to
+	return the match string, and extra error string. Note that these
+	two arguments are pointers to strings!
+
+	* API.xs(ldap_get_lderrno): Fixed this function, at least it seems
+	to work now...
+
+	* Conn.pm (getLD): Added this function, convenient way to get the
+	LD from the OO layer.
+
+1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): New method, to rename the RDN of the entry.
+
+	* Utils.pm (answer): New function, from LdapUtils.pm.
+
+	* Conn.pm (delete): Fixed references to normalizeDN.
+
+	* Utils.pm (userCredentials): Added this function, to make it easy
+	to get credentials when binding as a user.
+	(normalizeDN): Fixed bugs, because of calling convention...
+
+	* Conn.pm (getError): Fixed bug with passing read-only argument.
+
+1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Utils.pm (unixCrypt): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm module.
+	Added askPassword to the export tag.
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Added support for passing a hash array of all the
+	parameters, as returned by the ldapArgs() function.
+
+	* Utils.pm (str2Scope): New function, for converting strings
+	(subtree) to a numerical scope value (2).
+	(askPassword): Dito, ask for a password, interactively.
+	(ldapArgs): Dito, handle common LDAP command line arguments.
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Minor change, to do regex match on OS version for
+	MSWin.
+
+	* Entry.pm: Changed all _XXX hash values to also end with a _,
+	hence making it easier to isolate them (/^_.*_$/).
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Changed to accept that the attributes are
+	now arrays, not pointers to arrays. We still consider them as
+	pointers internally though, it's cleaner API.
+
+	* API.pm: Changed to use the native Exporter function to export
+	tags into EXPORT_OK.
+
+1998-07-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* LDIF.pm (readEntry): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
+
+	* Utils.pm (printEntry): Moved from the ::Connection class, and
+	marked it as "obsolete".
+	(encodeBase64): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
+	(decodeBase64): Dito.
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/Entry.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Entry.pm,v 1.10 1999-01-21 23:52:42 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    This package defines an object class to manage one single LDAP
+#    entry. This entry can either be a newly created one, or one
+#    retrieved from an LDAP server, using the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn class.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+package Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils qw(normalizeDN);
+require Tie::Hash;
+@ISA = (Tie::StdHash);
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Creator, make a new tie hash instance, which will keep track of all
+# changes made to the hash array. This is needed so we only update modified
+# attributes.
+#
+sub TIEHASH
+{
+  my $class = shift;
+  my $self = {};
+
+  return bless $self, $class;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Destructor.
+#
+#sub DESTROY
+#{
+#}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Store method, to keep track of changes.
+#
+sub STORE
+{
+  my ($self, $attr, $val) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2]);
+
+  return unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
+  return unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+
+  if (defined($self->{$attr}))
+    {
+      @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
+        unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
+    }
+  $self->{$attr} = $val;
+  $self->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
+
+  # Potentially add the attribute to the OC order list.
+  if (($attr ne "dn") && !grep(/^$attr$/i, @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}))
+    {
+      push(@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}, $attr);
+      $self->{"_oc_numattr_"}++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Fetch method, this is case insensitive (since LDAP is...).
+#
+sub FETCH
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return unless defined($self->{$attr});
+  return if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+
+  return $self->{$attr};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Delete method, to keep track of changes. Note that we actually don't
+# delete the attribute, just mark it as deleted.
+#
+sub DELETE
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# See if an attribute/key exists in the entry (could still be undefined).
+#
+sub EXISTS
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+
+  return exists $self->{$attr};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Reset the each()/key() session, and return the first key. This honors
+# the oc_order, i.e. the order the attributes were returned in.
+#
+sub FIRSTKEY
+{
+  my ($self, $idx) = ($_[$[], 0);
+  my @attrs = @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}};
+  my $key;
+
+  while ($idx < $self->{"_oc_numattr_"})
+    {
+      $key = $attrs[$idx++];
+      next if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
+      last;
+    }
+  $self->{"_oc_keyidx_"} = $idx;
+
+  return $key;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Get the next key, if appropriate.
+#
+sub NEXTKEY
+{
+  my $self = $_[$[];
+  my $idx = $self->{"_oc_keyidx_"};
+  my @attrs = @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}};
+  my $key;
+
+  while ($idx < $self->{"_oc_numattr_"})
+    {
+      $key = $attrs[$idx++];
+      next if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
+      last;
+    }
+  $self->{"_oc_keyidx_"} = $idx;
+
+  return if ($key =~ /^_.+_$/);
+  return if $self->{"_${key}_deleted_"};
+  return $key;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mark an attribute as changed. Normally you shouldn't have to use this,
+# unless you're doing something really weird...
+#
+sub attrModified
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+  return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+
+  @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
+    unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
+  $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+*markModified = \*attrModified;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask if a particular attribute has been modified already. Return True or
+# false depending on the internal status of the attribute.
+#
+sub isModified
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+  return $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask if a particular attribute has been deleted already. Return True or
+# false depending on the internal status of the attribute.
+#
+sub isDeleted
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  return $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Test if a attribute name is actually a real attribute, and not part of
+# the internal structures.
+#
+sub isAttr
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+  return 0 if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+
+  return ($attr !~ /^_.+_$/);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Remove an attribute from the entry, basically the same as the DELETE
+# method. We also make an alias for "delete" here, just in case (and to be
+# somewhat backward compatible).
+#
+sub remove
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+*delete = \*remove;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Undo a remove(), or set of removeValues() fairly useless, to restore an
+# attribute to it's original state. This is fairly useless, but hey...
+#
+sub unRemove
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  undef $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+  if (defined $self->{"_${attr}_save_"})
+    {
+      @{$self->{$attr}} = @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}};
+      undef @{$selfl->{"_${key}_save_"}};
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+*unDelete = \*unRemove;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Delete a value from an attribute, if it exists. NOTE: If it was the last
+# value, we'll actually remove the entire attribute! We should then also
+# remove it from the _oc_order_ list...
+#
+sub removeValue
+{
+  my ($self, $attr, $val, $norm) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
+				    $_[$[ + 3]);
+  my $i = 0;
+  local $_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  $val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+  @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}} unless
+    defined $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
+
+  foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+    {
+      $_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+      if ($_ eq $val)
+	{
+	  splice(@{$self->{$attr}}, $i, 1);
+	  if ($self->size($attr) > 0)
+	    {
+	      $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_deleted_"} = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      $i++;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+*deleteValue = \*removeValue;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Just like removeValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value.
+#
+sub removeDNValue
+{
+  my ($self, $attr, $val) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2]);
+
+  return $self->removeValue($attr, $val, 1);
+}
+*deleteDNValue = \*removeDNValue;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Add a value to an attribute. The optional third argument indicates that
+# we should not enforce the uniqueness on this attibute, thus bypassing
+# the test and always add the value.
+#
+sub addValue
+{
+  my $self = shift;
+  my ($attr, $val, $force, $norm) = (lc $_[$[], $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
+				     $_[$[ + 3]);
+  local $_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+
+  if (!defined($force) || !$force)
+    {
+      my $nval = $val;
+
+      $nval = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+      foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+        {
+	  $_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+          return 0 if ($_ eq $nval);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (defined($self->{$attr}))
+    {
+      @{$self->{"_${attr}_save_"}} = @{$self->{$attr}}
+        unless $self->{"_${attr}_save_"};
+    }
+
+  $self->{"_self_obj_"}->{"_${attr}_modified_"} = 1;
+  push(@{$self->{$attr}}, $val);
+
+  # Potentially add the attribute to the OC order list.
+  if (($attr ne "dn") && !grep(/^$attr$/i, @{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}))
+    {
+      push(@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}}, $attr);
+      $self->{"_oc_numattr_"}++;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Just like addValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value. Note
+# that we also have an $norm argument here, to normalize the DN value
+# before we add it.
+#
+sub addDNValue
+{
+  my $self = shift;
+  my ($attr, $val, $force, $norm) = (lc $_[$[], $_[$[ + 1], $_[$[ + 2],
+				     $_[$[ + 2]);
+
+  $val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+  return $self->addValue($attr, $val, $force, 1);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Set the entire value of an attribute, removing whatever was already set.
+# The arguments are the name of the attribute, and then one or more values,
+# passed as scalar or an array (not pointer).
+#
+sub setValue
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = (shift, lc shift);
+  my (@vals) = @_;
+  local $_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined(@vals) && ($#vals >= $[));
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+
+  $self->{$attr} = [@vals];
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return TRUE or FALSE, if the attribute has the specified value. The
+# optional third argument says we should do case insensitive search.
+#
+sub hasValue
+{
+  my($self, $attr, $val, $nocase, $norm) = @_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  $val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+  if ($nocase)
+    {
+      foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  $_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+	  return 1 if /^\Q$val\E$/i;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  $_ = normalizeDN($_) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+	  return 1 if /^\Q$val\E$/;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Just like hasValue(), but force the DN normalization of the value.
+#
+sub hasDNValue
+{
+  my($self, $attr, $val, $nocase) = @_;
+
+  return $self->hasValue($attr, $val, $nocase, 1);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return TRUE or FALSE, if the attribute matches the specified regexp. The
+# optional third argument says we should do case insensitive search.
+#
+sub matchValue
+{
+  my($self, $attr, $reg, $nocase) = @_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($reg) && ($reg ne ""));
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  if ($nocase)
+    {
+      foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  $_ = normalizeDN($_);
+	  return 1 if /$reg/i;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      foreach (@{$self->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  $_ = normalizeDN($_);
+	  return 1 if /$reg/;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Just like matchValue(), but force the DN normalization of the values.
+#
+sub matchDNValue
+{
+  my($self, $attr, $reg, $nocase) = @_;
+
+  return $self->matchValue($attr, $reg, $nocase, 1);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Set the DN of this entry.
+#
+sub setDN
+{
+  my ($self, $val, $norm) = @_;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($val) && ($val ne ""));
+
+  $val = normalizeDN($val) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+  $self->{"dn"} = $val;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Get the DN of this entry.
+#
+sub getDN
+{
+  my ($self, $norm) = @_;
+
+  return normalizeDN($self->{"dn"}) if (defined($norm) && $norm);
+  return $self->{"dn"};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Return the number of elements in an attribute.
+#
+sub size
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+  my @val;
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+  return 0 unless defined($self->{$attr});
+
+  @val = @{$self->{$attr}};
+  return $#val + 1;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Return TRUE if the attribute name is in the LDAP entry.
+#
+sub exists
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = ($_[$[], lc $_[$[ + 1]);
+
+  return 0 unless (defined($attr) && ($attr ne ""));
+
+  return defined($self->{$attr});
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is idential to the Utils::printEntry
+# function, but this is sort of neat... Note that the support for Base64
+# encoding isn't finished.
+#
+sub printLDIF
+{
+  my ($self, $base64) = @_;
+  my $attr;
+
+  print "dn: ", $self->getDN(),"\n";
+  foreach $attr (@{$self->{"_oc_order_"}})
+    {
+      next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $self->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+      grep((print "$attr: $_\n"), @{$self->{$attr}});
+    }
+
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mandatory TRUE return value.
+#
+1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+  Mozilla::LDAP::Entry.pm - Object class to hold one LDAP entry.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
+  use Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+The LDAP::Conn object is used to perform LDAP searches, updates, adds and
+deletes. All such functions works on LDAP::Entry objects only. All
+modifications and additions you'll do to an LDAP entry, will be done
+through this object class.
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+The LDAP::Entry object class is built on top of the Tie::Hash standard
+object class. This gives us several powerful features, the main one being
+to keep track of what is changing in the LDAP entry. This makes it very
+easy to write LDAP clients that needs to update/modify entries, since
+you'll just do the changes, and this object class will take care of the
+rest.
+
+We define local functions for STORE, FETCH, DELETE, EXISTS, FIRSTKEY and
+NEXTKEY in this object class, and inherit the rest from the super
+class. Overloading these specific functions is how we can keep track of
+what is changing in the entry, which turns out to be very convenient. We
+can also easily "loop" over the attribute types, ignoring internal data,
+or deleted attributes.
+
+Most of the methods here either return the requested LDAP value, or a
+status code. The status code (either 0 or 1) indicates the failure or
+success of a certain operation. 0 (False) meaning the operation failed,
+and a return code of 1 (True) means complete success.
+
+One thing to remember is that in LDAP, attribute names are case
+insensitive. All methods in this class are aware of this, and will convert
+all attribute name arguments to lower case before performing any
+operations. This does not mean that the values are case insensitive. On
+the contrary, all values are considered case sensitive by this module,
+even if the LDAP server itself treats it as a CIS attribute.
+
+=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
+
+The LDAP::Entry class implements many methods you can use to access and
+modify LDAP entries. It is strongly recommended that you use this API as
+much as possible, and avoid using the internals of the class
+directly. Failing to do so may actually break the functionality.
+
+=head2 Creating a new entry
+
+To create a completely new entry, use the B<new> method, for instance
+
+    $entry = new Mozilla::LDAP::Entry()
+    $entry->setDN("uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com");
+    $entry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson" ];
+    $entry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
+    $entry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
+    $entry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
+    $entry->addValue("mail", "leif@netscape.com);
+
+    $conn->add($entry);
+
+This is the minimum requirements for an LDAP entry. It must have a DN, and
+it must have at least one objectclass. As it turns out, by adding the
+I<person> and I<inetOrgPerson> classes, we also must provide some more
+attributes, like I<CN> and I<SN>. This is because the object classes have
+these attributes marked as "required", and we'd get a schema violation
+without those values.
+
+In the example above we use both native API methods to add values, and
+setting an attribute entire value set directly. Note that the value set is
+a pointer to an array, and not the array itself. In the example above, the
+object classes are set using an anonymous array, which the API handles
+properly. It's important to be aware that the attribute value list is
+indeed a pointer.
+
+Finally, as you can see there's only only one way to add new LDAP entries,
+and it's called add(). It normally takes an LDAP::Entry object instance as
+argument, but it can also be called with a regular hash array if so
+desired.
+
+=head2 Adding and removing attributes and values
+
+This is the main functionality of this module. Use these methods to do any
+modifications and updates to your LDAP entries.
+
+=over 13
+
+=item B<attrModified>
+
+This is an internal function, that can be used to force the API to
+consider an attribute (value) to have been modified. The only argument is
+the name of the attribute. In almost all situation, you never, ever,
+should call this. If you do, please contact the developers, and as us to
+fix the API. Example
+
+    $entry->attrModified("cn");
+
+=item B<isModified>
+
+This is a somewhat more useful method, which will return the internal
+modification status of a particular attribute. The argument is the name of
+the attribute, and the return value is True or False. If the attribute has
+been modified, in any way, we return True (1), otherwise we return False
+(0). For example:
+
+    if ($entry->isModified("cn")) { # do something }
+
+=item B<isDeleted>
+
+This is almost identical to B<isModified>, except it tests if an attribute
+has been deleted. You use it the same way as above, like
+
+    if (! $entry->isDeleted("cn")) { # do something }
+
+=item B<isAttr>
+
+This method can be used to decide if an attribute name really is a valid
+LDAP attribute in the current entry. Use of this method is fairly limited,
+but could potentially be useful. Usage is like previous examples, like
+
+    if ($entry->isAttr("cn")) { # do something }
+
+The code section will only be executed if these criterias are true:
+
+    1. The name of the attribute is a non-empty string.
+    2. The name of the attribute does not begin, and end, with an
+       underscore character (_).
+    2. The attribute has one or more values in the entry.
+
+=item B<remove>
+
+This will remove the entire attribute, including all it's values, from the
+entry. The only argument is the name of the attribute to remove. Let's say
+you want to nuke all I<mailAlternateAddress> values (i.e. the entire
+attribute should be removed from the entry):
+
+    $entry->remove("mailAlternateAddress");
+
+=item B<removeValue>
+
+Remove a value from an attribute, if it exists. Of course, if the
+attribute has no such value, we won't try to remove it, and instead return
+a False (0) status code. The arguments are the name of the attribute, and
+the particular value to remove. Note that values are considered case
+sensitive, so make sure you preserve case properly. An example is:
+
+    $entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscpPerson");
+
+=item B<removeDNValue>
+
+This is almost identical to B<removeValue>, except it will normalize the
+attribute values before trying to remove them. This is useful if you know
+that the attribute is a DN value, but perhaps the values are not cosistent
+in all LDAP entries. For example
+
+   $dn = "uid=Leif, dc=Netscape, dc=COM";
+   $entry->removeDNValue("owner", $dn);
+
+
+will remove the owner "uid=leif,dc=netscape,dc=com", no matter how it's
+capitalized and formatted in the entry.
+
+=item B<addValue>
+
+Add a value to an attribute. If the attribute value already exists, or we
+couldn't add the value for any other reason, we'll return FALSE (0),
+otherwise we return TRUE (1). The first two arguments are the attribute
+name, and the value to add.
+
+The optional third argument is a flag, indicating that we want to add the
+attribute without checking for duplicates. This is useful if you know the
+values are unique already, or if you perhaps want to allow duplicates for
+a particular attribute. To add a CN to an existing entry/attribute, do:
+
+    $entry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
+
+=item B<addDNValue>
+
+Just like B<addValue>, except this method assume the value is a DN
+attribute. For instance
+
+   $dn = "uid=Leif, dc=Netscape, dc=COM";
+   $entry->addDNValue("uniqueMember", $dn);
+
+
+will only add the DN for "uid=leif" if it does not exist as a DN in the
+uniqueMember attribute.
+
+=item B<setValue>
+
+Set the specified attribute to the new value (or values), overwriting
+whatever old values it had before. This is a little dangerous, since you
+can lose attribute values you didn't intend to remove. Therefore, it's
+usually recommended to use B<removeValue()> and B<setValue()>. If you know
+exactly what the new values should be like, you can use this method like
+
+    $entry->setValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom", "The Swede");
+    $entry->setValue("mail", @mailAddresses);
+
+or if it's a single value attribute,
+
+    $entry->setValue("uidNumber", "12345");
+
+=item B<hasValue>
+
+Return TRUE or FALSE if the attribute has the specified value. A typical
+usage is to see if an entry is of a certain object class, e.g.
+
+    if ($entry->hasValue("objectclass", "person", 1)) { # do something }
+
+The (optional) third argument indicates if the string comparison should be
+case insensitive or not. The first two arguments are the name and value of
+the attribute, as usual.
+
+=item B<hasDNValue>
+
+Exactly like B<hasValue>, except we assume the attribute values are DN
+attributes.
+
+=item B<matchValue>
+
+This is very similar to B<hasValue>, except it does a regular expression
+match instead of a full string match. It takes the same arguments,
+including the optional third argument to specify case insensitive
+matching. The usage is identical to the example for hasValue, e.g.
+
+    if ($entry->matchValue("objectclass", "pers", 1)) { # do something }
+
+=item B<matchDNValue>
+
+Like B<matchValue>, except the attribute values are considered being DNs.
+
+=item B<setDN>
+
+Set the DN to the specified value. Only do this on new entries, it will
+not work well if you try to do this on an existing entry. If you wish to
+renamed an entry, use the Mozilla::Conn::modifyRDN method instead.
+Eventually we'll provide a complete "rename" method. To set the DN for a
+newly created entry, we can do
+
+    $entry->setDN("uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com");
+
+There is an optional third argument, a boolean flag, indicating that we
+should normalize the DN before setting it. This will assure a consistent
+format of your DNs.
+
+=item B<getDN>
+
+Return the DN for the entry. For instance
+
+    print "The DN is: ", $entry->getDN(), "\n";
+
+Just like B<setDN>, this method also has an optional argument, which
+indicates we should normalize the DN before returning it to the caller.
+
+=item B<size>
+
+Return the number of values for a particular attribute. For instance
+
+    $entry->{cn} = [ "Leif Hedstrom", "The Swede" ];
+    $numVals = $entry->size("cn");
+
+This will set C<$numVals> to two (2). The only argument is the name of the
+attribute, and the return value is the size of the value array.
+
+=item B<exists>
+
+Return TRUE if the specified attribute is defined in the LDAP entry. This
+is useful to know if an entry has a particular attribute, regardless of
+the value. For instance:
+
+    if ($entry->exists("jpegphoto")) { # do something special }
+
+=item B<printLDIF>
+
+Print the entry (on STDOUT) in a format called LDIF (LDAP Data Interchange
+Format, RFC xxxx). An example of an LDIF entry is:
+
+    dn: uid=leif,ou=people,dc=netscape,dc=com
+    objectclass: top
+    objectclass: person
+    objectclass: inetOrgPerson
+    uid: leif
+    cn: Leif Hedstrom
+    mail: leif@netscape.com
+
+The above would be the result of
+
+    $entry->printLDIF();
+
+If you need to write to a file, close STDOUT, and open up a file with that
+file handle instead. For more useful LDIF functionality, check out the
+Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF.pm module.
+
+=back
+
+=head2 Deleting entries
+
+To delete an LDAP entry from the LDAP server, you have to use the
+B<delete> method from the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn module. It will actually
+delete any entry, if you provide an legitimate DN.
+
+=head2 Renaming entries
+
+Again, there's no functionality in this object class to rename the entry
+(i.e. changing it's DN). For now, there is a way to modify the RDN
+component of a DN through the Mozilla::LDAP::Conn module, with
+B<modifyRDN>. Eventually we hope to have a complete B<rename> method,
+which should be capable of renaming any entry, in any way, including
+moving it to a different part of the DIT (Directory Information Tree).
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
+adding more examples every day (almost).
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
+package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
+Corporation. 
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None. :)
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and of course L<Perl>.
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+PerLDAP installation instructions
+==================================
+
+Building this package is fairly straight forward, but requires some
+knowledge about using compilers and compiler tools on your system. If you
+are uncomfortable using these tools, we recommend you get one of the
+prebuilt binary distributions instead.
+
+
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+In order to build the module, you'll need
+
+	- Perl, version 5.003 or later. We definitely recommend you to use
+          v5.004 or later.
+
+	- An ANSI-C compiler, e.g. gcc-2.x, or Visual C++ 5.0.
+
+	- The LDAP client libraries and include files, e.g. the SDK from
+	Netscape Communications. See the README file for information on
+	retrieving binaries.
+
+You can download (or CVS checkout) the Directory SDK source, see further
+information available on
+
+	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+
+and the FAQ at
+
+	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
+
+
+
+Building
+========
+
+This package uses the normal Perl5 MakeMaker installation system. To
+generate a Makefile appropriate for your platform, run perl on the
+provided Makefile.PL script, e.g.
+
+	% perl Makefile.PL
+
+
+You might have to use the command `perl5' or `perl-5.004', depending on
+how you installed Perl-5. The script will now ask you a few questions to
+find the necessary library and include files. A typical configuration
+session is
+
+    data 195% perl5 Makefile.PL
+
+    PerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP
+    ================================
+    Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape
+    LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): /opt/ldapsdk3
+    Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)?  
+    Include SSL Support (default: yes)?  
+    Libraries to link with (default: -L/opt/pkg/ldapsdk3/lib -lldapssl30):  
+    Checking if your kit is complete...
+    Looks good
+    Writing Makefile for Mozilla::LDAP::API
+
+
+
+The important question is where your LDAP SDK is installed, in the example
+above the base directory is /opt/ldapsdk3. This directory should have two
+subdirectories, named "lib" and "include". If you installed the SDK in the
+standard /usr hierarchy, use the default value as provided by the install
+script.
+
+Assuming you get no errors or warning, proceed with the build and install:
+
+	% make
+	% make install
+
+
+That should be it!
+
+
+Automated Configuration and Installs
+====================================
+
+The Makefile.PL script also honors a set of environment variables to make
+it possible to do configuration and installs non-interactively. The
+variables are
+
+        LDAPSDKDIR    - Full path to the C SDK base directory
+        LDAPV3ON      - Set to "N" to diable LDAP v3 (on by default)
+        LDAPSDKSSL    - Set to "N" to disable SSL (SSL is default)
+
+
+With these variables set, you will not be asked any of the questions above
+(but it will echo the paramaters). Just run the Makefile.PL script, and
+finish the build, e.g.
+
+        % perl5 Makefile.PL
+	% make
+	% make install

mozilla/directory/perldap/LDIF.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: LDIF.pm,v 1.6 1999-01-21 23:52:42 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Simple routines to read and write LDIF style files. You should open
+#    the input/output file manually, or use STDIN/STDOUT.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+package Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Entry;
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils(qw(decodeBase64));
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Creator, the argument (optional) is the file handle.
+#
+sub new
+{
+  my ($class, $fh) = @_;
+  my $self = {};
+
+  if ($fh)
+    {
+      $self->{"_fh_"} = $fh;
+      $self->{"_canRead_"} = 1;
+      $self->{"_canWrite_"} = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $self->{"_fh_"} = STDIN;
+      $self->{"_canRead_"} = 1;
+      $self->{"_canWrite_"} = 0;
+    }
+
+  return bless $self, $class;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Destructor, close file descriptors etc. (???)
+#
+#sub DESTROY
+#{
+#  my $self = shift;
+#}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read the next $entry from an ::LDIF object. No arguments
+#
+sub readOneEntry
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+  my ($attr, $val, $entry, $base64, $fh);
+  local $_;
+
+  return unless $self->{"_canRead_"};
+  return unless defined($self->{"_fh_"});
+
+  # Skip leading empty lines.
+  $fh = $self->{"_fh_"};
+  while (<$fh>)
+    {
+      chop;
+      last unless /^\s*$/;
+    }
+  return if /^$/;		# EOF
+
+  $self->{"_canWrite_"} = 0 if $self->{"_canWrite_"};
+
+  $entry = new Mozilla::LDAP::Entry();
+  do
+    {
+      # See if it's a continuation line.
+      if (/^ /o)
+	{
+	  $val .= substr($_, 1);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if ($val && $attr)
+	    {
+	      if ($attr eq "dn")
+		{
+		  $entry->setDN($val);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  $val = decodeBase64($val) if $base64;
+		  $entry->addValue($attr, "$val", 1);
+		}
+	    }
+	  ($attr, $val) = split(/:\s+/, $_, 2);
+	  $attr = lc $attr;
+
+	  # Handle base64'ed data.
+	  if ($attr =~ /:$/o)
+	    {
+	      $base64 = 1;
+	      chop($attr);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      $base64 = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      $_ = <$fh>;
+      chop;
+    } until /^\s*$/;
+
+  # Do the last attribute...
+  if ($attr && ($attr ne "dn"))
+    {
+      $val = decodeBase64($val) if $base64;
+      $entry->addValue($attr, "$val", 1);
+    }
+
+  return $entry;
+}
+*readEntry = \readOneEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print one entry, to the file handle. Note that we actually use some
+# internals from the ::Entry object here, which is a no-no... Also, we need
+# to support Base64 encoding of Binary attributes here.
+#
+sub writeOneEntry
+{
+  my ($self, $entry) = @_;
+  my ($fh, $attr);
+
+  return unless $self->{"_canWrite_"};
+  $self->{"_canRead_"} = 0 if $self->{"_canRead_"};
+
+  $fh = $self->{"_fh_"};
+  print $fh "dn: ", $entry->getDN(),"\n";
+  foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
+    {
+      next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+      # TODO: Add support for Binary attributes.
+      grep((print $fh "$attr: $_\n"), @{$entry->{$attr}});
+    }
+
+  print $fh "\n";
+}
+*writeEntry = \writeOneEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read multiple entries, and return an array of Entry objects. The argument
+# is the number to read, or read them all if not specified.
+#
+sub readEntries
+{
+  my ($self, $num) = @_;
+  my $entry;
+  my (@entries);
+
+  return if (defined($num) && ($num ne "") && ($num <= 0));
+  $num = (-1) unless defined($num);
+
+  do 
+    {
+      $entry = $self->readOneEntry();
+      push(@entries, $entry) if ($entry);
+      $num--;
+    } until (! $entry || $num == 0);
+      
+  return @entries;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Write multiple entries, the argument is the array of Entry objects.
+#
+sub writeEntries
+{
+  my ($self, @entries) = @_;
+  local $_;
+  
+  foreach (@entries)
+    {
+      $self->writeOneEntry($_);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mandatory TRUE return value.
+#
+1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Read, write and modify LDIF files.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+This package is used to read and write LDIF information from files
+(actually, file handles). It can also be used to generate LDIF modify
+files from changes made to an entry.
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+The LDIF format is a simple, yet useful, text representation of an LDAP
+database. The goal of this package is to make it as easy as possible to
+read, parse and use LDIF data, possible generated from other information
+sources.
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
+adding more examples every day (almost).
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
+package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
+Corporation. 
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None. :)
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>,
+and of course L<Perl>.
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/MANIFEST

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+ChangeLog
+API.pm
+API.xs
+MANIFEST
+Makefile.PL
+constant.h
+test.pl
+typemap
+Entry.pm
+Conn.pm
+LDIF.pm
+Utils.pm
+README
+INSTALL
+MPL-1.0.txt
+test_api/search.pl
+test_api/write.pl
+test_api/api.pl
+t/conn.pl
+t/entry.pl
+t/ChangeLog
+examples/ChangeLog
+examples/lfinger.pl
+examples/qsearch.pl
+examples/monitor.pl
+examples/ldappasswd.pl
+examples/rmentry.pl
+examples/tabdump.pl
+examples/modattr.pl
+examples/rename.pl
+examples/psoftsync.pl
+examples/changes2ldif.pl
+install-bin

mozilla/directory/perldap/MPL-1.0.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+                           MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE
+                                Version 1.0
+
+                              ----------------
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+     1.1. ``Contributor'' means each entity that creates or contributes to
+     the creation of Modifications.
+
+     1.2. ``Contributor Version'' means the combination of the Original
+     Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications
+     made by that particular Contributor.
+
+     1.3. ``Covered Code'' means the Original Code or Modifications or the
+     combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case
+     including portions thereof.
+
+     1.4. ``Electronic Distribution Mechanism'' means a mechanism generally
+     accepted in the software development community for the electronic
+     transfer of data.
+
+     1.5. ``Executable'' means Covered Code in any form other than Source
+     Code.
+
+     1.6. ``Initial Developer'' means the individual or entity identified as
+     the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A.
+
+     1.7. ``Larger Work'' means a work which combines Covered Code or
+     portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.
+
+     1.8. ``License'' means this document.
+
+     1.9. ``Modifications'' means any addition to or deletion from the
+     substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous
+     Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a
+     Modification is:
+
+          A. Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file
+          containing Original Code or previous Modifications.
+
+          B. Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or
+          previous Modifications.
+
+     1.10. ``Original Code'' means Source Code of computer software code
+     which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as
+     Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this License
+     is not already Covered Code governed by this License.
+
+     1.11. ``Source Code'' means the preferred form of the Covered Code for
+     making modifications to it, including all modules it contains, plus any
+     associated interface definition files, scripts used to control
+     compilation and installation of an Executable, or a list of source code
+     differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another
+     well known, available Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The
+     Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form, provided the
+     appropriate decompression or de-archiving software is widely available
+     for no charge.
+
+     1.12. ``You'' means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights
+     under, and complying with all of the terms of, this License or a future
+     version of this License issued under Section 6.1. For legal entities,
+     ``You'' includes any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is
+     under common control with You. For purposes of this definition,
+     ``control'' means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+     direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+     otherwise, or (b) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+     outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+2. Source Code License.
+
+     2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.
+     The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
+     claims:
+
+          (a) to use, reproduce, modify, display, perform, sublicense and
+          distribute the Original Code (or portions thereof) with or without
+          Modifications, or as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial
+          Developer, to make, have made, use and sell (``Utilize'') the
+          Original Code (or portions thereof), but solely to the extent that
+          any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to Utilize
+          the Original Code (or portions thereof) and not to any greater
+          extent that may be necessary to Utilize further Modifications or
+          combinations.
+
+     2.2. Contributor Grant.
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
+     claims:
+
+          (a) to use, reproduce, modify, display, perform, sublicense and
+          distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor (or
+          portions thereof) either on an unmodified basis, with other
+          Modifications, as Covered Code or as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by
+          Contributor, to Utilize the Contributor Version (or portions
+          thereof), but solely to the extent that any such patent is
+          reasonably necessary to enable You to Utilize the Contributor
+          Version (or portions thereof), and not to any greater extent that
+          may be necessary to Utilize further Modifications or combinations.
+
+3. Distribution Obligations.
+
+     3.1. Application of License.
+     The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are
+     governed by the terms of this License, including without limitation
+     Section 2.2. The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed
+     only under the terms of this License or a future version of this
+     License released under Section 6.1, and You must include a copy of this
+     License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute. You may not
+     offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or
+     restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients'
+     rights hereunder. However, You may include an additional document
+     offering the additional rights described in Section 3.5.
+
+     3.2. Availability of Source Code.
+     Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be
+     made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License
+     either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an
+     Executable version available; and if made available via Electronic
+     Distribution Mechanism, must remain available for at least twelve (12)
+     months after the date it initially became available, or at least six
+     (6) months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification
+     has been made available to such recipients. You are responsible for
+     ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party.
+
+     3.3. Description of Modifications.
+     You must cause all Covered Code to which you contribute to contain a
+     file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and
+     the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that the
+     Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original Code
+     provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial
+     Developer in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an
+     Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the
+     origin or ownership of the Covered Code.
+
+     3.4. Intellectual Property Matters
+
+          (a) Third Party Claims.
+          If You have knowledge that a party claims an intellectual property
+          right in particular functionality or code (or its utilization
+          under this License), you must include a text file with the source
+          code distribution titled ``LEGAL'' which describes the claim and
+          the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient
+          will know whom to contact. If you obtain such knowledge after You
+          make Your Modification available as described in Section 3.2, You
+          shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies You make
+          available thereafter and shall take other steps (such as notifying
+          appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups) reasonably calculated to
+          inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has
+          been obtained.
+
+          (b) Contributor APIs.
+          If Your Modification is an application programming interface and
+          You own or control patents which are reasonably necessary to
+          implement that API, you must also include this information in the
+          LEGAL file.
+
+     3.5. Required Notices.
+     You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source
+     Code, and this License in any documentation for the Source Code, where
+     You describe recipients' rights relating to Covered Code. If You
+     created one or more Modification(s), You may add your name as a
+     Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A. If it is not possible
+     to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its
+     structure, then you must include such notice in a location (such as a
+     relevant directory file) where a user would be likely to look for such
+     a notice. You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty,
+     support, indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients
+     of Covered Code. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and
+     not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor. You must
+     make it absolutely clear than any such warranty, support, indemnity or
+     liability obligation is offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to
+     indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability
+     incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of
+     warranty, support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.
+
+     3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.
+     You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the
+     requirements of Section 3.1-3.5 have been met for that Covered Code,
+     and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the
+     Covered Code is available under the terms of this License, including a
+     description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of
+     Section 3.2. The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in
+     an Executable version, related documentation or collateral in which You
+     describe recipients' rights relating to the Covered Code. You may
+     distribute the Executable version of Covered Code under a license of
+     Your choice, which may contain terms different from this License,
+     provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and
+     that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit
+     or alter the recipient's rights in the Source Code version from the
+     rights set forth in this License. If You distribute the Executable
+     version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear
+     that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone,
+     not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor. You hereby agree to
+     indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability
+     incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of
+     any such terms You offer.
+
+     3.7. Larger Works.
+     You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code
+     not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger
+     Work as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the
+     requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.
+
+     If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
+     License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute
+     or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+     to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and
+     the code they affect. Such description must be included in the LEGAL
+     file described in Section 3.4 and must be included with all
+     distributions of the Source Code. Except to the extent prohibited by
+     statute or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed
+     for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Application of this License.
+
+     This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has
+     attached the notice in Exhibit A, and to related Covered Code.
+
+6. Versions of the License.
+
+     6.1. New Versions.
+     Netscape Communications Corporation (``Netscape'') may publish revised
+     and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version will
+     be given a distinguishing version number.
+
+     6.2. Effect of New Versions.
+     Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the
+     License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that
+     version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms
+     of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one
+     other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to
+     Covered Code created under this License.
+
+     6.3. Derivative Works.
+     If you create or use a modified version of this License (which you may
+     only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code
+     governed by this License), you must (a) rename Your license so that the
+     phrases ``Mozilla'', ``MOZILLAPL'', ``MOZPL'', ``Netscape'', ``NPL'' or
+     any confusingly similar phrase do not appear anywhere in your license
+     and (b) otherwise make it clear that your version of the license
+     contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and
+     Netscape Public License. (Filling in the name of the Initial Developer,
+     Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall
+     not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License.)
+
+7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
+
+     COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN ``AS IS'' BASIS,
+     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+     WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF
+     DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING.
+     THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE
+     IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
+     YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE
+     COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
+     OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF
+     ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.
+
+8. TERMINATION.
+
+     This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate
+     automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure
+     such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All
+     sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall
+     survive any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their
+     nature, must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License
+     shall survive.
+
+9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
+
+     UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT
+     (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE INITIAL
+     DEVELOPER, ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE,
+     OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER
+     PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+     OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
+     GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND
+     ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE
+     BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF
+     LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY
+     RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW
+     PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
+     EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THAT
+     EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
+
+10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.
+
+     The Covered Code is a ``commercial item,'' as that term is defined in
+     48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of ``commercial computer
+     software'' and ``commercial computer software documentation,'' as such
+     terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48
+     C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995),
+     all U.S. Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those
+     rights set forth herein.
+
+11. MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+     This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject
+     matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+     unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+     necessary to make it enforceable. This License shall be governed by
+     California law provisions (except to the extent applicable law, if any,
+     provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law provisions. With
+     respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of, or an
+     entity chartered or registered to do business in, the United States of
+     America: (a) unless otherwise agreed in writing, all disputes relating
+     to this License (excepting any dispute relating to intellectual
+     property rights) shall be subject to final and binding arbitration,
+     with the losing party paying all costs of arbitration; (b) any
+     arbitration relating to this Agreement shall be held in Santa Clara
+     County, California, under the auspices of JAMS/EndDispute; and (c) any
+     litigation relating to this Agreement shall be subject to the
+     jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of
+     California, with venue lying in Santa Clara County, California, with
+     the losing party responsible for costs, including without limitation,
+     court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses. The application
+     of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International
+     Sale of Goods is expressly excluded. Any law or regulation which
+     provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the
+     drafter shall not apply to this License.
+
+12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.
+
+     Except in cases where another Contributor has failed to comply with
+     Section 3.4, You are responsible for damages arising, directly or
+     indirectly, out of Your utilization of rights under this License, based
+     on the number of copies of Covered Code you made available, the
+     revenues you received from utilizing such rights, and other relevant
+     factors. You agree to work with affected parties to distribute
+     responsibility on an equitable basis.
+
+EXHIBIT A.
+
+     ``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+     Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+     compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+     http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+
+     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+     basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+     License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+     under the License.
+
+     The Original Code is ______________________________________.
+
+     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.
+     Portions created by ______________________ are Copyright (C) ______
+     _______________________. All Rights Reserved.
+
+     Contributor(s): ______________________________________.''

mozilla/directory/perldap/Makefile.PL

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Makefile.PL,v 1.14 1999-01-21 23:52:42 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    The Makefile "source".
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
+use Config;
+use Carp;
+
+$perlpath = $Config{'perlpath'};
+$osname   = $Config{'osname'};
+
+$ldapsdk_loc = $ENV{"LDAPSDKDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Top-Level
+$ldapsdk_ssl = $ENV{"LDAPSDKSSL"}; # N to exclude SSL
+$ldapsdk_ver = $ENV{"LDAPV3ON"};   # N to exclude LDAP v3 features
+
+$libexts = "so|sl|a|lib";
+
+
+print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
+print     "================================\n";
+
+$silent = 1;
+print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape\n";
+print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): ";
+if (!$ldapsdk_loc)
+{
+   $silent = 0;
+   chomp ($ldapsdk_loc = <STDIN>);
+   $ldapsdk_loc = "/usr" unless $ldapsdk_loc =~ /\S/;
+} else {
+  print "$ldapsdk_loc\n";
+}
+croak("Directory $ldapsdk_loc does not exist!") unless -d $ldapsdk_loc;
+
+if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
+{
+   $dir_sep = "\\";
+} else {
+   $dir_sep = "/";
+}
+
+$include_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "include";
+$lib_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "lib";
+
+print "Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)?  ";
+if (!$ldapsdk_ver)
+{
+   $silent = 0;
+   chomp ($ldapsdk_ver = <STDIN>);
+} else {
+  print "YES\n";
+}
+$v3_def = "-DLDAPV3" unless ($ldapsdk_ver =~ /^n/i);
+
+   
+print "Include SSL Support (default: yes)?  ";
+if (!$ldapsdk_ssl)
+{
+   $silent = 0;
+   chomp ($ldapsdk_ssl = <STDIN>);
+} else {
+  print "YES\n";
+}
+$ssl_def = "-DUSE_SSL" unless ($ldapsdk_ssl =~ /^n/i);
+
+
+opendir(DIR,$lib_ldap);
+@files = grep{/ldap|lber/} readdir(DIR);
+closedir(DIR);
+
+if (!((@ldaplib = grep{/ldapssl.*\.($libexts)$/} @files) && $ssl_def))
+{
+   @ldaplib = grep{/ldap.*\.($libexts)$/} @files;
+   @lberlib = grep{/lber.*\.($libexts)$/} @files;
+}
+
+if ($#ldaplib < 0)
+{
+   die "No LDAP libraries found.";
+}
+
+if ($#ldaplib > 0)
+{
+   print "Located multiple libraries:\n";
+   foreach $alib (@ldaplib)
+   {
+      print " - $alib\n";
+   }
+}
+
+$lline_ldap = $ldaplib[0];
+$lline_ldap =~ s/^lib//;
+$lline_ldap =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
+$lline = "-L$lib_ldap -l$lline_ldap";
+
+if ($#lberlib >= 0 && $lline =~ /ldap$/)
+{
+   $lline_lber = $lberlib[0];
+   $lline_lber =~ s/^lib//;
+   $lline_lber =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
+   $lline .= " -l$lline_lber";
+}
+
+print "Libraries to link with (default: $lline):  ";
+if (!$silent)
+{
+   chomp ($lib_line = <STDIN>);
+   $lib_line = $lline unless $lib_line =~ /\S/;
+} else {
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
+{
+   $myextlib = "$lib_ldap\\$ldaplib[0]";
+   if ($lber_lib)
+   {
+      $myextlib .= " $lib_ldap\\$lberlib[0]";
+   }
+} else {
+   $myextlib = "";
+}
+
+@extras = ();
+
+push(@extras,
+     CAPI => 'TRUE')
+    if ($] >= 5.005 and $^O eq 'MSWin32'
+        and $Config{archname} =~ /-object\b/i);
+
+push(@extras,
+     ABSTRACT => 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
+     AUTHOR   => 'Netscape Communications Corp., Inc. and Clayton Donley')
+    if ($ExtUtils::MakeMaker::Version >= 5.4301);
+
+WriteMakefile(
+	'NAME'		=> 	'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
+        'DISTNAME'	=>  'PerLDAP',
+	'VERSION_FROM'	=> 	'API.pm',
+	($include_ldap ne "/usr/include" ? (
+	'INC'		=> 	"-I$include_ldap",
+	) : (
+	'INC'		=> 	"",
+	)),
+	'LIBS'		=> 	[$lib_line],
+	'MYEXTLIB'	=>	$myextlib,
+	'DEFINE'	=> 	"$v3_def $ssl_def",
+	'XSOPT'		=>	"-nolinenumbers",
+    @extras
+);

mozilla/directory/perldap/README

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+#############################################################################
+#                                                                           #
+#            PerLDAP v1.0 - A Perl Developers' Kit for LDAP                 #
+#                                                                           #
+#############################################################################
+
+
+What is PerLDAP?
+================
+
+PerLDAP is a set of modules written in Perl and C that allow developers to
+leverage their existing Perl knowledge to easily access and manage LDAP-
+enabled directories.  PerLDAP makes it very easy to search, add, delete,
+and modify directory entries.  For example, Perl developers can easily
+build web applications to access information stored in a directory or
+create directory sync tools between directories and other services.
+
+PerLDAP is an open source development project, the result of a joint effort
+between Netscape and Clayton Donley, an open source developer.  PerLDAP
+currently provides the basic functions to allow Perl users to access and
+manipulate directories easily.  Based on developer feedback and
+involvement, PerLDAP will continue to evolve to include additional
+functionality in future releases.
+
+
+Installing PerLDAP Binaries
+===========================
+
+You will first need version 3.0 of the LDAP C SDK from Netscape.  This is
+available from the DevEdge page at:
+
+    http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/
+
+You will also need Perl v5.004, available at http://www.perl.com/.
+Earlier, or later, versions of Perl will NOT work with these binaries. If
+you wish to use v5.005, you will need to compile PerLDAP from source.
+
+On Unix (Solaris Only...HPUX, IRIX, AIX to follow):
+  1. Be sure that the libraries from the C SDK are installed in locations
+     referenced by the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH, or one of the
+     default system lib directories (e.g. /usr/lib). Alternatively you can
+     later also copy the SDK libraries to the same "site" directory where
+     Perl installed the PerLDAP libraries.
+
+  2. Save the file in a temporary location
+
+  3. Unzip the file by entering the command:
+      gunzip <filename>.tar.gz
+
+  4. Untar the resulting tar file by entering the command:
+      tar xvof <filename>.tar
+
+  5. Change to the extract directory:
+      cd PerLDAP-1.1
+
+  6. Execute the following command in as the super-user (root):
+      perl install-bin
+
+On Windows NT:
+  1. Put the LDAP C SDK DLL in the same directory as the perl.exe
+  binary. You can also set your PATH to point to the directory where you
+  have the C SDK installed. Alternatively, you can put the DLL in the
+  system32 folder, but avoid that if possible.
+
+  2. Save the file in a temporary location
+
+  3. Unzip the file by entering the command:
+      I don't have a tool for creating self-extracting archives...
+
+  4. Change to the extract directory:
+      cd PerLDAP-1.1
+
+  5. Execute the following command:
+      perl install-bin
+
+
+Compiling the PerLDAP Sources
+=============================
+
+The source to PerLDAP is available on the Mozilla site at:
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+
+You can either retrieve the .tar file with the source distribution, or use
+CVS to checkout the module directly. The name of the CVS module is
+PerLDAP, and it checks out the directory
+
+  mozilla/directory/perldap
+
+Further instructions for using CVS and Mozilla is available at
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/cvs.html
+
+and an FAQ is at
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
+
+
+Instructions for building the source can be found in the INSTALL file
+in the source distribution.
+
+
+Getting Started
+===============
+
+Documentation for this module is in standard Perl 'pod' format.  HTML
+versions of this documentation can also be found on the Netscape DevEdge
+site at:  http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/.
+
+Additionally, many good examples can be found in the 'examples' directory.
+
+
+Modules and Examples Included
+=============================
+
+Mozilla::LDAP::API - Low level interface between Perl and the LDAP C API
+Mozilla::LDAP::Entry - Perl methods for manipulating entry objects
+Mozilla::LDAP::Conn - Perl methods for performing LDAP operations
+Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Perl methods for utilizing LDIF
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils - Some convenient LDAP related utilities
+test_api/search.pl - Tests low level API search calls
+test_api/write.pl  - Tests low level API write calls
+test_api/api.pl - Tests ALL low level LDAPv2 calls
+examples/lfinger.pl - LDAP version of the regular Unix finger command.
+examples/qsearch.pl - Simple ldapsearch replacement.
+examples/monitor.pl - Retrieve status information from an LDAP server.
+examples/ldappasswd.pl - Change the LDAP password for a user.
+examples/rmentry.pl - Remove an entire entry from the database.
+examples/rename.pl - Rename (modRDN) an entry.
+examples/tabdump.pl - Dump LDAP information into a tab separated file.
+examples/psoftsync.pl - Synchronize LDAP with a PeopleSoft "dump" file.
+
+
+All examples support the "standard" LDAP command line options, which are
+
+        -h hostname     LDAP server name
+        -p port #       LDAP port, default is 389 (or 636 for SSL)
+        -b base DN      LDAP Base-DN
+        -D bind DN      LDAP bind DN (connect to server as this "user")
+        -w bind pswd    Password to bind to the server
+        -P certfile     Use SSL, with the publick keys from this file
+
+
+Note that the examples currently only support Simple Authentication
+(passwords), the Client Authentication features (using certificates) will
+be used in the next release. All examples also honors the environment
+variable LDAP_BASEDN, set it to your systems base DN, e.g.
+
+        % setenv LDAP_BASEDN 'dc=netscape,dc=com'
+
+or for Bourne shell
+
+        # LDAP_BASEDN='dc=netscape,dc=com'; export LDAP_BASEDN
+
+
+Reporting problems and bugs
+===========================
+
+Address all bug reports and comments to the Mozilla newsgroups at:
+
+   news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.public.mozilla.directory
+
+
+License/Copyright
+=================
+
+Portions by Netscape (c) Copyright 1998 Netscape Communications Corp, Inc.
+Portions by Clayton Donley (c) Copyright 1998 Clayton Donley
+
+Please read the MPL-1.0.txt file included for information on the Mozilla
+Public License, which covers all files in this distribution.
+
+Known Bugs
+==========
+
+There are a number of issues still outstanding at the time of release.  Most
+of these are already in the process of being resolved.
+
+ - There is a possible memory leak in the search routines. The OO layer
+   is also more memory than it should.
+ - The Rebind operation on NT does NOT work properly when set to a Perl
+   function.  This is being investigated.
+ - Some of the documentation is incomplete.

mozilla/directory/perldap/Utils.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Utils.pm,v 1.11 1999-01-21 23:52:43 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Lots of Useful Little Utilities, for LDAP related operations.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+package Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant);
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
+use vars qw(@ISA %EXPORT_TAGS);
+
+require Exporter;
+
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+		all => [qw(normalizeDN
+			   isUrl
+			   printEntry
+			   printentry
+			   encodeBase64
+			   decodeBase64
+			   str2Scope
+			   askPassword
+			   ldapArgs
+			   unixCrypt
+			   userCredentials
+			   answer)]
+		);
+
+
+# Add Everything in %EXPORT_TAGS to @EXPORT_OK
+Exporter::export_ok_tags('all');
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Normalize the DN string (first argument), and return the new, normalized,
+# string (DN). This is useful to make sure that two syntactically
+# identical DNs compare (eq) as the same string.
+#
+sub normalizeDN
+{
+  my ($dn) = @_;
+  my (@vals);
+
+  return "" unless (defined($dn) && ($dn ne ""));
+
+  @vals = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_explode_dn(lc $dn, 0);
+
+  return join(",", @vals);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Checks if a string is a properly formed LDAP URL.
+#
+sub isURL
+{
+  return ldap_is_ldap_url($_[0]);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is sort of obsolete, we encourage
+# you to use the :;LDAP::LDIF class instead.
+#
+sub printEntry
+{
+  my $entry = $_[0];
+  my $attr;
+  local $_;
+
+  print "dn: ", $entry->{"dn"},"\n";
+  foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
+    {
+      next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+      foreach (@{$entry->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  print "$attr: $_\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+  print "\n";
+}
+*printentry = \*printEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Perform Base64 encoding, this is based on MIME::Base64.pm, written
+# by Gisle Aas <gisle@aas.no>. If possible, use the MIME:: package instead.
+#
+sub encodeBase64
+{
+  my $res = "";
+  my $eol = "$_[1]";
+  my $padding;
+
+  pos($_[0]) = 0;                          # ensure start at the beginning
+  while ($_[0] =~ /(.{1,45})/gs) {
+    $res .= substr(pack('u', $1), 1);
+    chop($res);
+  }
+
+  $res =~ tr|` -_|AA-Za-z0-9+/|;               # `# help emacs
+  $padding = (3 - length($_[0]) % 3) % 3;
+  $res =~ s/.{$padding}$/'=' x $padding/e if $padding;
+
+  if (length $eol) {
+    $res =~ s/(.{1,76})/$1$eol/g;
+  }
+
+  return $res;
+}
+ 
+ 
+#############################################################################
+# Perform Base64 decoding, this is based on MIME::Base64.pm, written
+# by Gisle Aas <gisle@aas.no>. If possible, use the MIME:: package instead.
+#
+sub decodeBase64
+{
+  my $str = shift;
+  my $res = "";
+  my $len;
+ 
+  $str =~ tr|A-Za-z0-9+=/||cd;
+  Carp::croak("Base64 decoder requires string length to be a multiple of 4")
+    if length($str) % 4;
+
+  $str =~ s/=+$//;                        # remove padding
+  $str =~ tr|A-Za-z0-9+/| -_|;            # convert to uuencoded format
+  while ($str =~ /(.{1,60})/gs)
+    {
+      $len = chr(32 + length($1)*3/4);
+      $res .= unpack("u", $len . $1 );    # uudecode
+    }
+
+  return $res;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Convert a "human" readable string to an LDAP scope value
+#
+sub str2Scope
+{
+  my $str = $_[0];
+
+  return $str if ($str =~ /^[0-9]+$/);
+
+  if ($str =~ /^sub/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+    }
+  elsif ($str =~ /^base/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+    }
+  elsif ($str =~ /^one/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+    }
+
+  # Default...
+  return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask for a password, without displaying it on the TTY.
+#
+sub askPassword
+{
+  my $prompt = $_[0];
+  my $hasReadKey = 0;
+
+  eval "use Term::ReadKey";
+  $hasReadKey=1 unless ($@);
+
+  print "LDAP password: " if $prompt;
+  if ($hasReadKey)
+    {
+      ReadMode(2);
+      chop($_ = ReadLine(0));
+      ReadMode(0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      system('/bin/stty -echo');
+      chop($_ = <STDIN>);
+      system('/bin/stty echo');
+    }
+  print "\n";
+
+  return $_;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Handle some standard LDAP options, and construct a nice little structure
+# that we can use later on. We really should have some appropriate defaults,
+# perhaps from an Mozilla::LDAP::Config module.
+#
+sub ldapArgs
+{
+  my ($bind, $base) = @_;
+  my %ld;
+
+  $main::opt_v = $main::opt_n if defined($main::opt_n);
+  $main::opt_p = LDAPS_PORT if (!defined($main::opt_p) &&
+				defined($main::opt_P) &&
+				($main::opt_P ne ""));
+
+  $ld{"host"} = $main::opt_h || "ldap";
+  $ld{"port"} = $main::opt_p || LDAP_PORT;
+  $ld{"root"} = $main::opt_b || $base || $ENV{'LDAP_BASEDN'};
+  $ld{"bind"} = $main::opt_D || $bind || "";
+  $ld{"pswd"} = $main::opt_w || "";
+  $ld{"cert"} = $main::opt_P || "";
+  $ld{"scope"} = (defined($main::opt_s) ? $main::opt_s : LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE);
+
+  if (($ld{"bind"} ne "") && ($ld{"pswd"} eq ""))
+    {
+      $ld{pswd} = askPassword(1);
+    }
+
+  return %ld;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Create a Unix-type password, using the "crypt" function. A random salt
+# is always generated, perhaps it should be an optional argument?
+#
+sub unixCrypt
+{
+   my $ascii =
+      "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+   my $salt = substr($ascii, rand(62), 1) . substr($ascii, rand(62), 1);
+
+   srand(time ^ $$);
+   crypt($_[0], $salt);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Try to find a user to bind as, and possibly ask for the password. Pass
+# a pointer to the hash array with LDAP parameters to this function.
+#
+sub userCredentials
+{
+  my ($ld) = @_;
+  my ($conn, $entry, $pswd);
+
+  if ($ld->{"bind"} eq "")
+    {
+      $conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn($ld);
+      die "Could't connect to LDAP server " . $ld->{"host"} unless $conn;
+
+      $search = "(&(objectclass=inetOrgPerson)(uid=$ENV{USER}))";
+      $entry = $conn->search($ld->{"root"}, "subtree", $search, 0, ("uid"));
+      return 0 if (!$entry || $conn->nextEntry());
+
+      $conn->close();
+      $ld->{"bind"} = $entry->getDN();
+    }
+
+  if ($ld->{"pswd"} eq "")
+    {
+      $ld->{"pswd"} = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword(1);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask a Y/N question, return "Y" or "N".
+#
+sub answer
+{
+  die "Default string must be Y or N."
+    unless (($_[0] eq "Y") || ($_[0] eq "N"));
+
+  chop($_ = <STDIN>);
+
+  return $_[0] if /^$/;
+  return "Y" if /^[yY]/;
+  return "N" if /^[nN]/;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mandatory TRUE return value.
+#
+1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+  Mozilla::LDAP::Utils.pm - Collection of useful little utilities.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+
+=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
+
+=over 13
+
+=item B<normalizeDN>
+
+This function will remove all extraneous white spaces in the DN, and also
+change all upper case characters to lower case. The only argument is the
+DN string to normalize, and the return value is the new, clean DN.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
+adding more examples every day (almost).
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
+package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
+Corporation. 
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None. :)
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and
+of course L<Perl>.
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/constant.h

@@ -0,0 +1,954 @@
+/*
+ *******************************************************************************
+ * $Id: constant.h,v 1.7 1998-08-13 09:14:14 leif Exp $
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+ * basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+ * License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+ * under the License.
+ *
+ * The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+ * Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+ * created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+ * Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+ * Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION
+ *    Constants.
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+#include "EXTERN.h"
+#include "perl.h"
+#include "XSUB.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#include <ldap.h>
+
+static int
+not_here(s)
+char *s;
+{
+    croak("%s not implemented on this architecture", s);
+    return -1;
+}
+
+double
+constant(name, arg)
+char *name;
+int arg;
+{
+    errno = 0;
+    if (name[0] == 'L' && name[1] == 'D' && name[2] == 'A' && name[3] == 'P'
+       && name[4] == '_')
+    {
+      switch (name[5]) {
+       case 'A':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED
+	    return LDAP_ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS
+	    return LDAP_AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM"))
+#ifdef LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM
+	    return LDAP_ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM"))
+#ifdef LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM
+	    return LDAP_ALIAS_PROBLEM;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS
+	    return LDAP_ALREADY_EXISTS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED
+	    return LDAP_AUTH_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_NONE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_NONE
+	    return LDAP_AUTH_NONE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_SASL"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_SASL
+	    return LDAP_AUTH_SASL;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE
+	    return LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN
+	    return LDAP_AUTH_UNKNOWN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+        break;
+      case 'B':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_BUSY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_BUSY
+	    return LDAP_BUSY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'C':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_CHECK"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_CHECK
+	    return LDAP_CACHE_CHECK;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB
+	    return LDAP_CACHE_LOCALDB;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE
+	    return LDAP_CACHE_POPULATE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD
+	    return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ADD;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY
+	    return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_ANY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE
+	    return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_DELETE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN
+	    return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODDN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY
+	    return LDAP_CHANGETYPE_MODIFY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP
+	    return LDAP_CLIENT_LOOP;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE
+	    return LDAP_COMPARE_FALSE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE
+	    return LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED
+	    return LDAP_CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_CONNECT_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION
+	    return LDAP_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DECODING_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_DECODING_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_DECODING_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'D':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS
+	    return LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_FINDING"))
+#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_FINDING
+	    return LDAP_DEREF_FINDING;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_NEVER"))
+#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_NEVER
+	    return LDAP_DEREF_NEVER;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING"))
+#ifdef LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING
+	    return LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'E':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_ENCODING_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'F':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_FILTER_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_FILTER_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_FILTER_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ"))
+#ifdef LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ
+	    return LDAP_FILT_MAXSIZ;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'I':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH
+	    return LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING
+	    return LDAP_INAPPROPRIATE_MATCHING;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS
+	    return LDAP_INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS
+	    return LDAP_INVALID_CREDENTIALS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX
+	    return LDAP_INVALID_DN_SYNTAX;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX"))
+#ifdef LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX
+	    return LDAP_INVALID_SYNTAX;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_IS_LEAF"))
+#ifdef LDAP_IS_LEAF
+	    return LDAP_IS_LEAF;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'L':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_LOCAL_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_LOOP_DETECT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_LOOP_DETECT
+	    return LDAP_LOOP_DETECT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'M':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_ADD"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MOD_ADD
+	    return LDAP_MOD_ADD;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_BVALUES"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MOD_BVALUES
+	    return LDAP_MOD_BVALUES;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_DELETE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MOD_DELETE
+	    return LDAP_MOD_DELETE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MOD_REPLACE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MOD_REPLACE
+	    return LDAP_MOD_REPLACE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN
+	    return LDAP_MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_ALL"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MSG_ALL
+	    return LDAP_MSG_ALL;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_ONE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MSG_ONE
+	    return LDAP_MSG_ONE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED
+	    return LDAP_MSG_RECEIVED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'N':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION
+	    return LDAP_NAMING_VIOLATION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF
+	    return LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN
+	    return LDAP_NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED
+	    return LDAP_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_LIMIT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_LIMIT
+	    return LDAP_NO_LIMIT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_MEMORY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_MEMORY
+	    return LDAP_NO_MEMORY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS
+	    return LDAP_NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED
+	    return LDAP_NO_RESULTS_RETURNED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE
+	    return LDAP_NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT
+	    return LDAP_NO_SUCH_OBJECT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'O':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION
+	    return LDAP_OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_OPERATIONS_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE
+	    return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_ENABLE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_FN_PTRS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY
+	    return LDAP_OPT_CACHE_STRATEGY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_CLIENT_CONTROLS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DEREF"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DEREF
+	    return LDAP_OPT_DEREF;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DESC"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DESC
+	    return LDAP_OPT_DESC;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DNS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DNS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_DNS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_DNS_FN_PTRS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER
+	    return LDAP_OPT_ERROR_NUMBER;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING
+	    return LDAP_OPT_ERROR_STRING;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME
+	    return LDAP_OPT_HOST_NAME;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_IO_FN_PTRS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE
+	    return LDAP_OPT_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION
+	    return LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG
+	    return LDAP_OPT_REBIND_ARG;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN
+	    return LDAP_OPT_REBIND_FN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT
+	    return LDAP_OPT_RECONNECT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT
+	    return LDAP_OPT_REFERRAL_HOP_LIMIT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RESTART"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RESTART
+	    return LDAP_OPT_RESTART;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_RETURN_REFERRALS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_SERVER_CONTROLS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT
+	    return LDAP_OPT_SIZELIMIT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_SSL"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_SSL
+	    return LDAP_OPT_SSL;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS
+	    return LDAP_OPT_THREAD_FN_PTRS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT
+	    return LDAP_OPT_TIMELIMIT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_OTHER"))
+#ifdef LDAP_OTHER
+	    return LDAP_OTHER;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'P':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PARAM_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_PARAM_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_PARAM_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS
+	    return LDAP_PARTIAL_RESULTS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PORT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_PORT
+	    return LDAP_PORT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PORT_MAX"))
+#ifdef LDAP_PORT_MAX
+	    return LDAP_PORT_MAX;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR"))
+#ifdef LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR
+	    return LDAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'R':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_REFERRAL"))
+#ifdef LDAP_REFERRAL
+	    return LDAP_REFERRAL;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
+	    return LDAP_REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE
+	    return LDAP_RESULTS_TOO_LARGE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_ADD"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_ADD
+	    return LDAP_RES_ADD;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_ANY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_ANY
+	    return LDAP_RES_ANY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_BIND"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_BIND
+	    return LDAP_RES_BIND;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_COMPARE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_COMPARE
+	    return LDAP_RES_COMPARE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_DELETE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_DELETE
+	    return LDAP_RES_DELETE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_EXTENDED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_EXTENDED
+	    return LDAP_RES_EXTENDED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_MODIFY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_MODIFY
+	    return LDAP_RES_MODIFY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_MODRDN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_MODRDN
+	    return LDAP_RES_MODRDN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_RENAME"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_RENAME
+	    return LDAP_RES_RENAME;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY
+	    return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_ENTRY;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE
+	    return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_REFERENCE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT
+	    return LDAP_RES_SEARCH_RESULT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'S':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS
+	    return LDAP_SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE
+	    return LDAP_SASL_SIMPLE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_BASE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_BASE
+	    return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL
+	    return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE
+	    return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SECURITY_NONE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SECURITY_NONE
+	    return LDAP_SECURITY_NONE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SERVER_DOWN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SERVER_DOWN
+	    return LDAP_SERVER_DOWN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED
+	    return LDAP_SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING
+	    return LDAP_SORT_CONTROL_MISSING;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED
+	    return LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED
+	    return LDAP_STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_SUCCESS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_SUCCESS
+	    return LDAP_SUCCESS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'T':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED
+	    return LDAP_TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TIMEOUT"))
+#ifdef LDAP_TIMEOUT
+	    return LDAP_TIMEOUT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS"))
+#ifdef LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS
+	    return LDAP_TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'U':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNAVAILABLE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE
+	    return LDAP_UNAVAILABLE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION
+	    return LDAP_UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE
+	    return LDAP_UNDEFINED_TYPE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM"))
+#ifdef LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM
+	    return LDAP_UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE
+	    return LDAP_URL_ERR_BADSCOPE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM
+	    return LDAP_URL_ERR_MEM;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN
+	    return LDAP_URL_ERR_NODN;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP
+	    return LDAP_URL_ERR_NOTLDAP;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM
+	    return LDAP_URL_ERR_PARAM;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE"))
+#ifdef LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE
+	    return LDAP_URL_OPT_SECURE;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_USER_CANCELLED"))
+#ifdef LDAP_USER_CANCELLED
+	    return LDAP_USER_CANCELLED;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      case 'V':
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION"))
+#ifdef LDAP_VERSION
+	    return LDAP_VERSION;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION1"))
+#ifdef LDAP_VERSION1
+	    return LDAP_VERSION1;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION2"))
+#ifdef LDAP_VERSION2
+	    return LDAP_VERSION2;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION3"))
+#ifdef LDAP_VERSION3
+	    return LDAP_VERSION3;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAP_VERSION_MAX"))
+#ifdef LDAP_VERSION_MAX
+	    return LDAP_VERSION_MAX;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+	break;
+      }
+    } else {
+	if (strEQ(name, "LDAPS_PORT"))
+#ifdef LDAPS_PORT
+	    return LDAPS_PORT;
+#else
+	    goto not_there;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    errno = EINVAL;
+    return 0;
+
+not_there:
+    errno = ENOENT;
+    return 0;
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* psoftsync.pl (delAttr): Fixed annoying bug where I missed to
+	"my" $entry.
+
+1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* modattr.pl: Bug fixes for handling bad cases better (like
+	missing attribute, adding empty values etc).
+
+1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* modattr.pl: Modified slightly to enable the rebind proc.
+
+1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* psoftsync.pl: New file, also merged in some modules from
+	LdapUtils.pm, to make sure this works. NOTE: This script currently
+	doesn't work, since all "modify" operations are horked.
+
+1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* tabdump.pl: Actually works!
+
+	* ldappasswd.pl: Cleaned out some code, and moved it over to the
+	::Utils module.
+
+1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* qsearch.pl: First working version.
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/changes2ldif.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: changes2ldif.pl,v 1.2 1999-01-21 23:52:46 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Search the changelog, and produce an LDIF file suitable for ldapmodify
+#    for instance. This should be merged into LDIF.pm eventually.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "changes2ldif";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert [min [max]]";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$ld{root} = "cn=changelog" if (!defined($ld{root}) || $ld{root} eq "");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Create the search filter.
+#
+$min = $ARGV[$[];
+$max = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
+
+if ($min ne "")
+{
+  if ($max ne "")
+    {
+      $search = "(&(changenumber>=$min)(changenumber<=$max))";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $search = "(changenumber>=$min)";
+    }
+}
+else
+{
+  $search = "(changenumber=*)";
+}
+  
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the searches, and print the results.
+#
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "ONE", "$search");
+while ($entry)
+{
+  print "dn: ", $entry->{targetdn}[0], "\n";
+  $type = $entry->{changetype}[0];
+  print "changetype: $type\n";
+  if ($type =~ /modify/i)
+    {
+      # Should we filter out modifiersname and modifytimestamp ? We do chop
+      # off the trailing \0 though.
+      chop($entry->{changes}[0]);
+      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
+    }
+  elsif ($type =~ /add/i)
+    {
+      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print "\n";
+    }
+
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$ld{conn}->close if $ld{conn};

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ldappasswd.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: ldappasswd.pl,v 1.6 1998-08-13 09:13:23 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    This is an LDAP version of the normal passwd/yppasswd command found
+#    on most Unix systems. Note that this will only use the {crypt}
+#    encryption/hash algorithm (at this point).
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "ldappasswd";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert search ...";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "userpassword");
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:s:h:D:w:P:')) {
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask for the new password, and confirm it's correct.
+#
+do
+{
+  print "New password: ";
+  $new = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
+  print "New password (again): ";
+  $new2 = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
+  print "Passwords didn't match, try again!\n\n" if ($new ne $new2);
+} until ($new eq $new2);
+print "\n";
+
+$crypted = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::unixCrypt("$new");
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Now do all the searches, one by one. If there are no search criteria, we
+# will change the password for the user running the script.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+foreach $search ($#ARGV >= $[ ? @ARGV : $ld{bind})
+{
+  $entry = $conn->search($search, "subtree", "ALL", 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES)
+    unless $entry;
+  print "No such user: $search\n" unless $entry;
+
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      $entry->{userpassword} = ["{crypt}" . $crypted];
+      print "Changing password for: $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+
+      if (!$opt_n)
+	{
+	  $conn->update($entry);
+	  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+	}
+
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/lfinger.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: lfinger.pl,v 1.10 1998-08-13 09:13:08 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    "finger" version using LDAP information (using RFC 2307 objectclass).
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these... The HIDE mechanism is a very
+# Netscape internal specific feature. We use this objectclass to mark some
+# entries to be "hidden", and some of our applications will honor this. With
+# more recent versions of the Directory Server this can be accomplished more
+# effectively with appropriate ACI/ACLs.
+#
+$APPNAM	= "lfinger";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -m -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert user_info";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "cn", "homedirectory", "loginshell", "pager",
+	       "telephonenumber", "facsimiletelephonenumber", "mobile");
+$HIDE = "(objectclass=nscphidethis)";
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print a "finger" entry.
+#
+sub printIt
+{
+  my($entry) = @_;
+
+  print "Login name: $entry->{uid}[0]";
+  print " " x (39 - 11 - length($entry->{uid}[0]));
+  print "In real life: $entry->{cn}[0]\n";
+  if ($entry->{homedirectory}[0] || $entry->{loginshell}[0])
+    {
+      print "Directory: $entry->{homedirectory}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 10 - length($entry->{homedirectory}[0]));
+      print "Shell: $entry->{loginshell}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  if ($entry->{telephonenumber}[0] || $entry->{pager}[0])
+    {
+      print "Phone: $entry->{telephonenumber}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 6 - length($entry->{telephonenumber}[0]));
+      print "Pager: $entry->{pager}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  if ($entry->{mobile}[0] || $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0])
+    {
+      print "Mobile: $entry->{mobile}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 7 - length($entry->{mobile}[0]));
+      print "Fax: $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('mb:h:D:p:w:P:') || !defined($ARGV[$[]))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$user=$ARGV[$[];
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ok, lets generate the filter, and do the search!
+#
+if ($opt_m)
+{
+  $search = "(&(uid=$user)(!$HIDE))";
+}
+else
+{
+  $search = "(&(|(cn=*$user*)(uid=*$user*)(telephonenumber=*$user*))(!$HIDE))";
+}
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+while($entry)
+{
+  printIt($entry);
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/modattr.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: modattr.pl,v 1.8 1999-01-21 23:52:46 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    This script can be used to do a number of different modification
+#    operations on a script. Like adding/deleting values, or entire
+#    attributes.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "modattr";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert attr=value filter";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Let's process the changes requested, and commit them unless the "-n"
+# option was given.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$conn->setDefaultRebindProc($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd});
+
+($change, $search) = @ARGV;
+if (($change eq "") || ($search eq ""))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+($attr, $value) = split(/=/, $change, 2);
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search);
+while ($entry)
+{
+  $changed = 0;
+
+  if ($opt_d)
+    {
+      if (defined $entry->{$attr})
+	{
+	  if ($value)
+	    {
+	      $changed = $entry->removeValue($attr, $value);
+	      if ($changed && $opt_v)
+		{
+		  print "Removed value from ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      delete $entry->{$attr};
+	      print "Deleted attribute $attr for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	      $changed = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  print "No attribute values for: $attr\n";
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!defined($value) || !$value)
+	{
+	  print "No value provided for the attribute $attr\n";
+	}
+      elsif ($opt_a)
+	{
+	  $changed = $entry->addValue($attr, $value);
+	  if ($changed && $opt_v)
+	    {
+	      print "Added attribute to ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  $entry->setValue($attr, $value);
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  print "Set attribute for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	}
+    }
+  if ($changed && ! $opt_n)
+    {
+      $conn->update($entry);
+      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+    }
+
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+  modattr - Modify an attribute for one or more LDAP entries
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  modattr [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert attr=value filter
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+This command line utility can be used to modify one attribute for one or
+more LDAP entries. As simple as this sounds, this turns out to be a very
+common operation. For instance, let's say you want to change "mailHost"
+for all users on a machine named I<dredd>, to be I<judge>. With this
+script all you have to do is
+
+    modattr mailHost=judge '(mailHost=dredd)'
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+There are four primary operations that can be made with this utility:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Set an attribute to a (single) specified value.
+
+=item *
+
+Add a value to an attribute (for multi-value attributes).
+
+=item *
+
+Delete a value from an attribute. If it's the last value (or if it's a
+single value), this will remove the entire attribute.
+
+=item *
+
+Delete an entire attribute, even if it has multiple values.
+
+=back
+
+The first three requires an option of the form B<attr=value>, while the
+last one only takes the name of the attribute as the option. The last
+argument is always an LDAP search filter, specifying which entries the
+operation should be applied to.
+
+=head1 OPTIONS
+
+All but the first two command line options for this tool are standard LDAP
+options, to set parameters for the LDAP connection. The two new options
+are I<-a> and I<-d> to add and remove attribute values.
+
+Without either of these two options specified (they are both optional),
+the default action is to set the attribute to the specified value. That
+will effectively remove any existing values for this attribute.
+
+=over 12
+
+=item -a
+
+Specify that the operation is an I<add>, to add a value to the
+attribute. If there is no existing value for this attribute, we'll create
+a new attribute, otherwise we add the new value if it's not already there.
+
+=item -d
+
+Delete the attribute value, or the entire attribute if there's no value
+specified. As you can see this option has two forms, and it's function
+depends on the last arguments. Be careful here, if you forget to specify
+the value to delete, you will remove all of them.
+
+=item -h <host>
+
+Name of the LDAP server to connect to.
+
+=item -p <port>
+
+TCP port for the LDAP connection.
+
+=item -b <DN>
+
+Base DN for the search
+
+=item -D <bind>
+
+User (DN) to bind as. We support a few convenience shortcuts here, like
+I<root>, I<user> and I<repl>.
+
+=item -w <passwd>
+
+This specifies the password to use when connecting to the LDAP
+server. This is strongly discouraged, and without this option the script
+will ask for the password interactively.
+
+=item -s <scope>
+
+Search scope, default is I<sub>, the other possible values are I<base> and
+I<one>. You can also specify the numeric scopes, I<0>, I<1> or I<2>.
+
+=item -P
+
+Use SSL for the LDAP connection, using the specified cert.db file for
+certificate information.
+
+=item -n
+
+Don't do anything, only show the changes that would have been made. This
+is very convenient, and can save you from embarrassing mistakes.
+
+=item -v
+
+Verbose output.
+
+=back
+
+The last two arguments are special for this script. The first
+argument specifies the attribute (and possibly the value) to operate on,
+and the last argument is a properly formed LDAP search filter.
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+We'll give one example for each of the four operations this script can
+currently handle. Since the script itself is quite flexible, you'll
+probably find you can use this script for a lot of other applications, or
+call it from other scripts. Note that we don't specify any LDAP specific
+options here, we assume you have configured your defaults properly.
+
+To set the I<description> attribute for user "leif", you would do
+
+    modattr 'description=Company Swede' '(uid=leif)'
+
+The examples shows how to use this command without either of the I<-a> or
+the I<-d> argument. To add an e-mail alias (alternate address) to the same
+user, you would do
+
+    modattr -a 'mailAlternateAddress=theSwede@netscape.com' '(uid=leif)'
+
+To remove an object class from all entries which uses it, you could do
+
+    modattr -d 'objectclass=dummyClass' '(objectclass=dummyClass)'
+
+This example is not great, since unless you've assured that no entries
+uses any of the attributes in this class, you'll get schema
+violations. But don't despair, you can use this tool to clean up all
+entries first! To completely remove all usage of an attribute named
+I<dummyAttr>, you'd simply do
+
+    modattr -d dummyAttr '(dummyAttr=*)'
+
+This shows the final format of this command, notice how we don't specify a
+value, to assure that the entire attribute is removed. This is potentially
+dangerous, so again be careful.
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+In order to use this script, you'll need Perl version 5.004 or later, the
+LDAP SDK, and also the LDAP Perl module (aka PerLDAP). Once you've installed
+these packages, just copy this file to where you keep your admin binaries,
+e.g. /usr/local/bin.
+
+In order to get good performance, you should make sure you have indexes on
+the attributes you typically use with this script. Our experience has been
+that in most cases the standard indexes in the Directory Server are
+sufficient, e.g. I<CN>, I<UID> and I<MAIL>.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+This little tool was developed internally at Netscape, by Leif Hedstrom.
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None, of course...
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::API> and L<Perl>
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/monitor.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: monitor.pl,v 1.2 1998-08-13 09:12:05 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Ask the directory server for it's monitor entry, to see some
+#    performance and usage stats.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "monitor";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs("", "cn=monitor");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server, and then
+# do the simple search.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "base", "objectclass=*");
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::printEntry($entry)
+  if ($entry);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/psoftsync.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: psoftsync.pl,v 1.5 1999-01-21 23:52:47 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Synchronise some LDAP info with a PeopleSoft "dump". This "dump" file
+#    is a "tab" separated file, as generated by an SQL utility on the
+#    Oracle server.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Local configurations, check these out . Note that SYNCS and ORDER has to
+# have the same fields, this is because the hash array doesn't preserve
+# the order of it's entries... :-( The "codes" are bit fields, where the
+# three LSB are used as
+#
+#	 1  Force the update, even if attribute is empty (i.e. delete it)
+#	 2  The attribute is the base for a DN (e.g. "manager").
+#	 4  The attribute should be deleted if the user is not in PeopleSoft.
+#	 8  Don't warn if the attribute is missing in the Psoft file (-W option).
+#	16  Always delete this attribute in the PeopleSoft entry.
+#	32  Delete this attribute if the account has "expired".
+#
+%SYNCS = (
+	  "nscpharold" => 1 + 4,
+	  "uid" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "employeenumber" => 1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "departmentnumber" => 1 + 4,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "manager" => 1 + 2,
+	  "title" => 1 + 4 + 16 + 32,
+	  "ou" =>  1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "businesscategory" => 1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "employeetype" => 0,
+	  "nscppersonexpdate" => 1 + 8
+	  );
+
+@ORDER = (
+	  "nscpharold",
+	  "uid",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "employeenumber",
+	  "departmentnumber",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "manager",
+	  "title",
+	  "ou",
+	  "businesscategory",
+	  "employeetype",
+	  "nscppersonexpdate"
+	  );
+
+# This is used for mapping the employeeType attribute into a readable format.
+%EMPCODES = (
+	     "A" => "Applicant",
+	     "C" => "Contractor",
+	     "E" => "Employee",
+	     "O" => "OEM Partner",
+	     "T" => "Interim",
+	     "V" => "Vendor"
+	     );
+
+# Expiration policy for other attributes, the EXPDELAY is a convenience
+# default setting.
+$EXPDELAY = 24 * 7;
+%EXPIRES = (
+	    "carlicense"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailautoreplymode"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailautoreplytext"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailforwardingaddress"	=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "facsimiletelephonenumber"	=> $EXPDELAY
+	    );
+	    
+
+$NOTYPE = "Unknown";
+$DELIMITER = "%%";
+$SENDMAIL = "/usr/lib/sendmail";
+
+$SEARCH = "(&(uid=*)(!(objectclass=pseudoAccount)))";
+$MAILTO = "leif\@netscape.com";
+
+#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "psoftsync";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w passwd -P cert PS_file";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = uniq(@ORDER);
+push(@ATTRIBUTES, "objectclass");
+
+$TODAY = `/usr/bin/date '+%Y%m%d'`;
+chop($TODAY);
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print an error for the PeopleSoft data. Note that we use the "__XXX__" fields
+# here, to avoid the problem when an attribute is "expired" or modified.
+#
+sub psoftError
+{
+  my ($str, $entry) = @_;
+
+  print "Error: $str: ";
+  print $entry->key(), " (";
+  print $entry->{__employeenumber__}, ", ";
+  print $entry->{__employeetype__}, ", ";
+  print $entry->{__departmentnumber__}, ")\n";
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read in a PeopleSoft file, and create all the entries.
+#
+sub readDump
+{
+  my ($file) = @_;
+  my (@info, %entries);
+  my $val;
+
+  if (!open(PSOFT, $file))
+    {
+      print "Error: Can't read file $file\n";
+
+      exit(1);
+    }
+
+  while (<PSOFT>)
+    {
+      next unless /$DELIMITER/;
+
+      @info = split(/\s*%%\s*/);
+      $entry = new PsoftEntry($info[$[]);
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  $val = shift(@info);
+	  next if ($attr eq "");
+
+	  $entry->add($attr, $val, $SYNCS{$attr});
+	}
+      #
+      # Perhaps we should do some sanity checks here on the PeopleSoft data?
+      #
+
+      # Clean up some data if the user has expired ("best before...")
+      if ($entry->expired($entry->{nscppersonexpdate}))
+	{
+	  foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	    {
+	      next unless $attr;
+
+	      delete($entry->{$attr}) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 32);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if ($entry->{uid})
+	{
+	  $entries{$entry->{uid}} = $entry;
+	}
+      elsif ($opt_W)
+	{
+	  psoftError("No UID", $entry);
+	}
+    }
+  close(PSOFT);
+
+  return %entries;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Make a list "uniq", just like the Unix command.
+#
+sub uniq {				# uniq(elements[])
+  my %tmp;
+   
+  grep($tmp{$_}++, @_);
+  return sort(keys(%tmp));
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Delete an attribute from an entry.
+#
+sub delAttr {				# delAttr(ENTRY, ATTR)
+  my ($entry, $attr) = @_;
+
+  if (defined($entry->{$attr}))
+    {
+      $out->write("Deleted $attr for user: $entry->{uid}[0]") if $opt_v;
+      delete($entry->{$attr});
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvMWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+$out = new Mail();
+if ($opt_M)
+{
+  $out->set("to", $MAILTO);
+  $out->set("subject", "Hoth: PeopleSoft synchronization report");
+}
+else
+{
+  $out->echo();
+  $out->nomail();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read in all the PeopleSoft entries, and then instantiate an LDAP object,
+# which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+%psoft = readDump(@ARGV[$[]);
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Now process all the users, one by one.
+#
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $SEARCH, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+
+while ($entry)
+{
+  $uid = $entry->{"uid"}[0];
+  $changed = 0;
+
+  $psent = $psoft{$uid};
+  if (!$psent)
+    {
+      print "Error: LDAP user $uid: No entry in PeopleSoft\n" if $opt_W;
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  next unless $attr;
+	  $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 4);
+	}
+      if ($entry->{employeetype}[0] ne "$NOTYPE")
+	{
+	  $entry->{employeetype} = ["$NOTYPE"];
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  $out->write("Set employeeType to $NOTYPE for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	}
+	  
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $psent->handled(1);
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  next unless $attr;
+
+	  if (!defined($psent->{$attr}) || ($psent->{$attr} eq ""))
+	    {
+	      $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 1);
+	    }
+	  elsif ($entry->{$attr}[0] ne $psent->{$attr})
+	    {
+	      $entry->{$attr} = [$psent->{$attr}];
+	      $changed = 1;
+	      $out->write("Set $attr to $psent->{$attr} for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	    }
+	}
+      # Now handle the Expire date special case...
+      if ($psent->expired() ne "")
+	{
+	  if ($entry->addValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
+	    {
+	      $changed = 1;
+	      $out->write("Expiring the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	    }
+
+	  # Expire other attributes, IFF the expire is over a certain
+	  # treshhold (e.g. a week).
+	}
+      elsif ($entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
+	{
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  $out->write("Enabling the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	}
+    }
+
+  $conn->update($entry) if ($changed && ! $opt_n);
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the LDAP connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Post process, figure out which PSoft entries have no entry in LDAP.
+#
+if ($opt_W)
+{
+  foreach (keys(%psoft))
+    {
+      $ent=$psoft{$_};
+      
+      psoftError("No LDAP entry", $ent) unless $ent->handled();
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Package to an entry from the PeopleSoft database.
+#
+package PsoftEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Creator.
+#
+sub new
+{
+  my ($class, $key) = @_;
+  my $self = {};
+  
+  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
+  $self->{__key__} = $key;
+
+  return $self;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Add an attribute/field to the entry.
+#
+sub add
+{
+  my ($self, $attr, $val, $lev) = @_;
+
+  return if ($lev & 16);
+
+  $attr = lc $attr;
+  if ($attr eq "employeetype")
+    {
+      if (defined($main::EMPCODES{$val}))
+	{
+	  $self->{$attr} = $main::EMPCODES{$val};
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  $self->{$attr} = $main::NOTYPE;
+	}
+      $self->{__employeetype__} = $val;
+    }
+  elsif (!defined($val) || ($val eq ""))
+    {
+      main::psoftError("No attribute $attr", $self)
+	if ($main::opt_W && ($lev & 1) && !($lev & 8));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $self->{$attr} = ($lev & 2) ? "uid=$val,$main::ld{root}" : $val;
+      $self->{"__${attr}__"} = $val;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return the value for an attribute/field.
+#
+sub get
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = @_;
+
+  return $self->{$attr};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mark the entry as "expired". If there is no "date" argument, we'll return
+# the current entries expire status.
+#
+sub expired
+{
+  my ($self, $date) = @_;
+
+  if ($date)
+    {
+      # Only expire entries with reasonable expire dates...
+      if (length($date) != 8)
+	{
+	  main::psoftError("Bad expire date", $self) if $main::opt_W;
+
+	  return 0;
+	}
+
+      if ($date lt $main::TODAY)
+	{
+	  $self->{employeetype} = "$main::NOTYPE";
+	  $self->{__expired__} = 1;
+
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return $self->{__expired__};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mark the entry as "handled", i.e. it exists in LDAP.
+#
+sub handled
+{
+  my ($self, $flag) = @_;
+
+  $self->{__handled__} = 1 if $flag;
+
+  return $self->{__handled__};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return the "key" of this entry, typically the name field.
+#
+sub key
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  return $self->{__key__};
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# This sub-package will send mail to some recipients, IFF there is anything to
+# send, or your force it to send. Note that the Subject doesn't qualify it to
+# send a message (force it to send if you have to).
+#
+package Mail;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# The constructor, which optionally takes the TO, FROM and SUBJECT.
+#
+sub new
+{
+  my ($class, $to, $from, $subject) = @_;
+  my $self = {};
+
+  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
+
+  $self->{to} = $to || "root";
+  $self->{from} = $from || "ldap";
+  $self->{subject} = $subject || "Output from LDAP script\n";
+  @{$self->{message}} = ();
+  $self->{send} = 0;
+  $self->{nomail} = 0;
+  $self->{echo} = 0;
+
+  return $self;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Destructor, which will also send the message, if appropriate.
+#
+sub DESTROY
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
+    {
+      $self->send();
+      $self->{send} = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Set a field for this entry, e.g. From:, To: etc.
+#
+sub set
+{
+  my ($self, $field, $string) = @_;
+
+  if ($field && $string)
+    {
+      $field = lc $field;
+      $self->{$field} = $string;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Add a line to the message, the argument is the string.
+#
+sub write
+{
+  my ($self, $string) = @_;
+
+  if ($string ne "")
+    {
+      push(@{$self->{message}}, $string);
+      print "$string\n" if $self->{echo};
+
+      $self->{send}++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Force the object to send the message, no matter if there's anything in the
+# body or not.
+#
+sub force
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{send} = 1;
+  $self->{nomail} = 0;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Don't send the mail, this is the oppositte to "force...
+#
+sub nomail
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{send} = 0;
+  $self->{nomail} = 1;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Enable echo-mode, where we will also print everything to STDOUT.
+#
+sub echo
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{echo} = 1;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Actually send the message. This is automatically done by the DESTROY method,
+# but we can force it to do it this way.
+#
+sub send
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
+    {
+      open(MAILER, "|$main::SENDMAIL -t");
+      print MAILER "From: $self->{from}\n";
+      print MAILER "To: $self->{to}\n";
+      print MAILER "Subject: $self->{subject}\n\n";
+
+      foreach (@{$self->{message}})
+	{
+	  print MAILER "$_\n";
+	}
+      print MAILER ".\n";
+
+      close(MAILER);
+      $self->{send} = 0;
+    }
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/qsearch.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: qsearch.pl,v 1.8 1999-01-21 23:52:47 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Quick Search, like ldapsearch, but in Perl. Look how simple it is.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "qsearch";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter [attr...]";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Now do all the searches, one by one.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+foreach (@ARGV)
+{
+  if (/\=/)
+    {
+      push(@srch, $_);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      push(@attr, $_);
+    }
+}
+
+foreach $search (@srch)
+{
+  if ($#attr >= $[)
+    {
+      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, "$search");
+    }
+
+  print "Searched for `$search':\n\n";
+  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      $entry->printLDIF();
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+    }
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rename.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: rename.pl,v 1.4 1999-01-21 23:52:47 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Rename an LDAP entry, changing it's DN. Note that currently this only
+#    works with RDNs.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "rename";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter new_rdn";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+($search, $rdn) = @ARGV;
+if (($search eq "") || ($rdn eq ""))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+if (! $entry || $conn->nextEntry())
+{
+  print "Error: The search did not return exactly one match, abort!\n";
+  exit;
+}
+
+if (! $opt_I)
+{
+  print "Rename ", $entry->getDN(), " with $rdn [N]? ";
+  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
+}
+
+if ($key eq "Y")
+{
+  # Note: I have to explicitly specify the original DN below, since the call
+  # to nextEntry() above blows the DN away from the ::Conn object.
+  if (! $opt_n)
+    {
+      $conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $entry->getDN());
+      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+    }
+  print "Renamed $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rmentry.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: rmentry.pl,v 1.4 1999-01-21 23:52:47 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Remove one or several LDAP objects. By default this tool is
+#    interactive, which can be disabled with the "-I" option (but
+#    please be careful...).
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "rmentry";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert filter ...";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the search, and process all the entries.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
+foreach $search (@ARGV)
+{
+  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      if (! $opt_I)
+	{
+	  print "Delete $entry->{dn} [N]? ";
+	  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
+	}
+
+      if ($key eq "Y")
+	{
+	  if (! $opt_n)
+	    {
+	      $conn->delete($entry);
+	      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+	    }
+	  print "Deleted $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+	}
+
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/tabdump.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: tabdump.pl,v 1.3 1998-08-13 09:11:10 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Generate a TAB separate "dump" of entries matching the search criteria,
+#    using the list of attributes specified.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "tabdump";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert attr1,attr2,.. srch";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+
+$attributes = $ARGV[$[];
+$search = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
+die "Need to specify a list of attributes and the search filter.\n"
+  unless ($attributes && $search);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the searches, and produce the output.
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+@attr = split(/,/, $attributes);
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+while ($entry)
+{
+  foreach (@attr)
+    {
+      print $entry->{$_}[0], "\t";
+    }
+  print "\n";
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/install-bin

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#############################################################################
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Perl Script to Install PerLDAP Binaries without a Makefile.
+#    For use with the binary distribution of PerLDAP.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use File::Path;
+use File::Copy;
+use Config;
+
+print "\n##############################################\n";
+print "#       Installing Netscape PerLDAP v1.0     #\n";
+print "##############################################\n\n";
+
+$ARCH_LIB = $Config{'sitearchexp'} . "/auto/Mozilla/LDAP/API";
+$PERL_LIB = $Config{'sitelibexp'};
+
+print "Creating Directory '$ARCH_LIB'...\n";
+File::Path::mkpath "$ARCH_LIB";
+print "Creating Directory '$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP'...\n";
+File::Path::mkpath "$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP";
+
+print "Copying Architecture Dependent Files...\n";
+
+foreach $file (glob "blib/arch/auto/Mozilla/LDAP/API/*")
+{
+   copy($file,"$ARCH_LIB");
+}
+
+print "Copying Module Components...\n";
+
+foreach $file (glob "blib/lib/Mozilla/LDAP/*")
+{
+   copy($file,"$PERL_LIB/Mozilla/LDAP");
+}
+
+print "Finished!\n\n";
+exit 0;

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* entry.pl: New script, to test all Entry:: methods.
+
+	* conn.pl (attributeEQ): Added test for modifyRDN().
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/conn.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: conn.pl,v 1.2 1999-01-21 23:52:50 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Configurations, modify these as needed.
+#
+$BIND	= "uid=ldapadmin";
+$BASE	= "o=Netscape Communications Corp.,c=US";
+$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
+$GROUPS	= "ou=groups";
+$UID	= "leif-test";
+$CN	= "test-group-1";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "conn.pl";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Get an LDAP connection
+#
+sub getConn
+{
+  my $conn;
+
+  if ($main::reuseConn)
+    {
+      if (!defined($main::mainConn))
+	{
+	  $main::mainConn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
+	  die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
+	    unless $main::mainConn;
+	}
+      return $main::mainConn;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
+      die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
+    }
+
+  return $conn;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Some small help functions...
+#
+sub dotPrint
+{
+  my $str = shift;
+
+  print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
+}
+
+sub attributeEQ
+{
+  my @a, @b;
+  my $i;
+
+  @a = @{$_[0]};
+  @b = @{$_[1]};
+  return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
+  return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
+
+  @a = sort(@a);
+  @b = sort(@b);
+  for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
+    {
+      return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
+    }
+
+  return 1;             # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test adding, deleting and retrieving entries.
+#
+$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
+$conn = getConn();
+$nentry = $conn->newEntry();
+
+$nentry->setDN("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
+$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
+$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
+$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
+$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
+
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
+
+dotPrint("Conn/newEntry");
+$conn->add($nentry) || print "not ";
+print "ok\n";
+
+dotPrint("Conn/delete");
+$conn->delete($nentry) || print "not ";
+print "ok\n";
+
+dotPrint("Conn/add");
+$conn->add($nentry) || print "not ";
+print "ok\n";
+
+dotPrint("Conn/delete(DN)");
+$conn->delete($nentry->getDN()) || print "not ";
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->add($nentry) || die "Can't create entry again...\n";
+dotPrint("Conn/search");
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$err = 0;
+foreach (keys (%{$nentry}))
+{
+  $err = 1 unless (defined($ent->{$_})
+		   && attributeEQ($nentry->{$_}, $ent->{$_}));
+}
+print "not " if $err;
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->close();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test LDAP URL handling.
+#
+$conn = getConn();
+
+$url1 = "ldap:///" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
+$url2 = "ldaps:///" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
+$badurl1 = "ldap:" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
+$badurl2 = "http://" . $ld{root} . "??sub?$filter";
+
+dotPrint("Conn/isURL");
+print "not " unless ($conn->isURL($url1) && $conn->isURL($url2) &&
+		     !$conn->isURL($badurl2) && !$conn->isURL($badurl1));
+print "ok\n";
+
+dotPrint("Conn/searchURL");
+$ent = $conn->searchURL($url1);
+$err = 0;
+foreach (keys (%{$nentry}))
+{
+  
+  $err = 1 unless (defined($ent->{$_})
+		   && attributeEQ($nentry->{$_}, $ent->{$_}));
+}
+print "not " if $err;
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->close();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test some small internal stuff.
+#
+$conn = getConn();
+
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+print "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
+
+dotPrint("Conn/getLD+getRes");
+$err = 0;
+$cld = $conn->getLD();
+$res = $conn->getRes();
+
+$err = 1 unless $cld;
+$err = 1 unless $res;
+
+$count = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_count_entries($cld, $res);
+$err = 1 unless ($count == 1);
+print "not " if $err;
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->close();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test the simple authentication method
+#
+$conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn($ld{host}, $ld{port});
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+die "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
+
+dotPrint("Conn/simpleAuth");
+$err = 0;
+$conn->simpleAuth($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd}) || ($err = 1);
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$err = 1 unless $ent;
+print "not " if $err;
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->close();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test the modifyRDN functionality
+#
+$conn = getConn();
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+die "Can't locate entry again" unless $ent;
+
+dotPrint("Conn/modifyRDN");
+$err = 0;
+$rdn = "uid=$UID-rdn";
+$conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $ent->getDN()) || ($err = 1);
+
+$filter = "($rdn)";
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$err = 1 unless $ent;
+print "not " if $err;
+print "ok\n";
+
+$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Test error handling (ToDo!)
+#

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/entry.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: entry.pl,v 1.2 1999-01-21 23:52:50 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Configurations, modify these as needed.
+#
+$BIND	= "uid=ldapadmin";
+$BASE	= "o=Netscape Communications Corp.,c=US";
+$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
+$GROUPS	= "ou=groups";
+$UID	= "leif-test";
+$CN	= "test-group-1";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "entry.pl";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Get an LDAP connection
+#
+sub getConn
+{
+  my $conn;
+
+  if ($main::reuseConn)
+    {
+      if (!defined($main::mainConn))
+	{
+	  $main::mainConn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
+	  die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
+	    unless $main::mainConn;
+	}
+      return $main::mainConn;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $conn = new Mozilla::LDAP::Conn(\%main::ld);
+      die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
+    }
+
+  return $conn;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Some small help functions...
+#
+sub dotPrint
+{
+  my $str = shift;
+
+  print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
+}
+
+sub attributeEQ
+{
+  my @a, @b;
+  my $i;
+
+  @a = @{$_[0]};
+  @b = @{$_[1]};
+  return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
+  return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
+
+  @a = sort(@a);
+  @b = sort(@b);
+  for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
+    {
+      return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
+    }
+
+  return 1;             # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Setup the test entries.
+#
+$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
+$conn = getConn();
+$nentry = $conn->newEntry();
+
+$nentry->setDN("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
+$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
+$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
+$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test1");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test2");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test3");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test4");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test5");
+$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
+
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
+$conn->add($nentry);
+
+$conn->close();

mozilla/directory/perldap/test.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: test.pl,v 1.6 1998-08-13 09:14:44 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Before `make install' is performed this script should be runnable with
+#    `make test'. After `make install' it should work as `perl test.pl'
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+######################### We start with some black magic to print on failure.
+
+# Change 1..1 below to 1..last_test_to_print .
+# (It may become useful if the test is moved to ./t subdirectory.)
+
+BEGIN { $| = 1; print "1..8\n"; }
+END {print "modinit  - not ok\n" unless $loaded;}
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api :ssl);
+$loaded = 1;
+print "modinit  - ok\n";
+
+######################### End of black magic.
+
+
+$attrs = [];
+
+$ldap_host = $ENV{"LDAPHOST"};
+$filter = $ENV{"TESTFILTER"};
+$BASEDN = $ENV{"LDAPBASE"};
+
+if (!$ldap_host)
+{
+   print "\nEnter LDAP Server: ";
+   chomp($ldap_host = <>);
+}
+
+if (!$filter)
+{
+   print "Enter Search Filter (ex. uid=abc123): ";
+   chomp($filter = <>);
+}
+
+if (!$BASEDN)
+{
+   print "Enter LDAP Search Base (ex. o=Org, c=US): ";
+   chomp($BASEDN = <>);
+}
+
+print "\n";
+
+
+##
+##  Initialize LDAP Connection
+##
+
+if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
+{
+   print "open     - not ok\n";
+   exit -1; 
+}
+print "open     - ok\n";
+
+##
+##  Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
+##
+
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
+   print "bind     - not ok\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+print "bind     - ok\n";
+
+##
+## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
+##
+
+if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
+   print  "search   - not ok\n";
+}
+print "search   - ok\n";
+
+##
+## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
+##
+
+if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
+   print "count    - not ok\n";
+}
+print "count    - ok	- $count\n";
+
+##
+## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
+## next_entry  - Get Next Matched Entry
+##
+
+   for ($ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
+   {
+      
+##
+## ldap_get_dn  -  Get DN for Matched Entries
+##
+
+      if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
+      {
+         print "getdn    - ok	- $dn\n";
+      } else {
+         ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
+         print "getdn    - not ok\n";
+      }
+
+      for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
+      {
+         print "firstatt - ok	- $attr\n";
+
+##
+## ldap_get_values
+##
+
+         @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
+         if ($#vals >= 0)
+         {
+            foreach $val (@vals)
+            {
+               print "getvals  - ok	- $val\n";
+            }
+         } else {
+            print "getvals  - not ok\n";
+         }
+      }
+
+
+   }
+
+##
+##  Unbind LDAP Connection
+##
+
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/api.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: api.pl,v 1.7 1999-01-21 23:52:52 leif%netscape.com Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   api.pl - Test all LDAPv2 API function
+#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
+#
+#   Performs all API calls directly in order to test for possible issues
+#   on a particular platform.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
+use strict;
+
+my $BASE = "ou=Test,o=Test,c=US";
+my $DN = "cn=Directory Manager";
+my $PASS = "abcd1234";
+my $HOST = "";
+my $PORT = 389;
+
+if (!$HOST)
+{
+   print "Please edit the variables at the top of this file.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+print "\nPerLDAP API TestSuite\n";
+print "\nNote: Failures in earlier tests will cause later tests to fail.\n";
+print "\n";
+
+my $howmany = 10;
+
+# Initialize the Connection
+{
+my $ld = ldap_init($HOST,$PORT);
+if ($ld <0)
+{
+   print "init			- Failed!\n";
+   die;
+}
+print "init		- OK\n";
+
+# Set an LDAP Session Option
+if (ldap_set_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,LDAP_VERSION3)
+      != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "set_option	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "set_option	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get an LDAP Session Option
+my $option;
+ldap_get_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS,$option);
+
+if ($option != 1)
+{
+   print "get_option	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_option	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Anonymous Bind
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "anon_bind	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "anon_bind	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Authenticated Simple Bind
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$DN,$PASS) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "simple_bind	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "simple_bind	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Set Rebind Process
+my $rebindproc = sub { return($DN,$PASS,LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE); };
+ldap_set_rebind_proc($ld,$rebindproc);
+print "set_rebind	- OK\n";
+
+# Add an OrgUnit Entry
+my $entry = {
+	"objectclass" => ["top","organizationalUnit"],
+	"ou" => "Test",
+};
+
+if (ldap_add_s($ld,$BASE,$entry) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "add_org		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "add_org		- OK\n";
+}
+
+
+# Add People
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   $entry = {
+	"objectclass" => ["top","person"],
+	"cn" => "Mozilla $number",
+	"sn" => ["$number"],
+   };
+   if (ldap_add_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
+	 != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "add_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "add_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+# Modify People
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   $entry = {
+	"sn" => {"ab",["Test"]},
+        "telephoneNumber" => {"ab",[123.456]},
+#	"telephoneNumber" => "800-555-111$number",
+   };
+   if (ldap_modify_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
+	  != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "mod_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "mod_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+
+# Search People
+my $filter = "(sn=Test)";
+my $attrs = ["cn","sn"];
+my $res;
+if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASE,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$res)
+     != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "search_user	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "search_user	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Count Results
+if (ldap_count_entries($ld,$res) != $howmany)
+{
+   print "count_res	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "count_res	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Sort Results
+if (ldap_sort_entries($ld,$res,"sn") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "sort_ent	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "sort_ent	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Multisort Results
+if (ldap_multisort_entries($ld,$res,["sn","telephoneNumber"]) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "multisort	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "multisort	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get First Entry
+my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$res);
+if (!$ent)
+{
+   print "first_entry	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "first_entry	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Next Entry
+$ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent);
+if (!$ent)
+{
+   print "next_entry	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "next_entry	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get DN
+my $dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent);
+if (!$dn)
+{
+   print "get_dn		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_dn		- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get First Attribute
+my $ber;
+my $attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
+if (!$attr)
+{
+   print "first_attr	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "first_attr	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Next Attribute
+$attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
+if (!$attr)
+{
+   print "next_attr	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "next_attr	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Attribute Values
+my @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
+if ($#vals < 0)
+{
+   print "get_values	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_values	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Free structures pointed to by $ber and $res to prevent memory leak
+ldap_ber_free($ber,1);
+ldap_msgfree($res);
+
+# Compare Attribute Values
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   if(ldap_compare_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE","sn",$number)
+	 != LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE)
+   {
+      print "comp_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "comp_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+# Delete Users
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "del_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "del_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "del_org		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "del_org		- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Unbind
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/search.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: search.pl,v 1.4 1998-08-13 04:40:01 clayton Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerlDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test the search capabilities of the API, similar to write.pl.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
+use strict;
+
+
+my $ldap_host = "";
+my $BASEDN = "o=Org,c=US";
+my $filter = $ARGV[0];
+
+if (!$ldap_host)
+{
+   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+my $attrs = [];
+
+my ($ld,$result,$count);
+
+##
+##  Initialize LDAP Connection
+##
+
+if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
+{
+   die "Can not open LDAP connection to $ldap_host";
+}
+
+##
+##  Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
+##
+
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
+##
+
+if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
+##
+
+if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
+## next_entry  - Get Next Matched Entry
+##
+
+for (my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
+{
+      
+##
+## ldap_get_dn  -  Get DN for Matched Entries
+##
+
+   my ($dn,$attr,@vals,$val,$ber);
+   if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
+   {
+      print "dn: $dn\n";
+   } else {
+      ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
+      die;
+   }
+
+   for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
+   {
+
+##
+## ldap_get_values
+##
+
+      @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
+      if ($#vals >= 0)
+      {
+         foreach $val (@vals)
+         {
+            print "$attr: $val\n";
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   ldap_ber_free($ber,0);
+}
+ldap_msgfree($result);
+
+##
+##  Unbind LDAP Connection
+##
+
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/write.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: write.pl,v 1.4 1998-08-13 04:40:02 clayton Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerlDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   write.pl - Test of LDAP Modify Operations in Perl5
+#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
+#
+#   This utility is mostly to demonstrate all the write operations
+#   that can be done with LDAP through this PERL5 module.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+use strict;
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api);
+
+
+# This is the entry we will be adding.  Do not use a pre-existing entry.
+my $ENTRYDN = "cn=Test Guy, o=Org, c=US";
+
+# This is the DN and password for an Administrator
+my $ROOTDN = "cn=DSManager,o=Org,c=US";
+my $ROOTPW = "";
+
+my $ldap_server = "";
+
+if (!$ldap_server)
+{
+   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+my $ld = ldap_init($ldap_server,LDAP_PORT);
+
+if ($ld == -1)
+{
+   die "Connection to LDAP Server Failed";
+}
+
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$ROOTDN,$ROOTPW) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+my %testwrite = (
+	"cn" => "Test User",
+	"sn" => "User",
+        "givenName" => "Test",
+	"telephoneNumber" => "8475551212",
+	"objectClass" => ["top","person","organizationalPerson",
+           "inetOrgPerson"],
+        "mail" => "tuser\@my.org",
+);
+
+if (ldap_add_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"add_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Added.\n";
+
+
+%testwrite = (
+	"telephoneNumber" => "7085551212",
+        "mail" => {"a",["Test_User\@my.org"]},
+);
+
+if (ldap_modify_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"modify_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Modified.\n";
+
+#
+# Delete the entry for $ENTRYDN
+#
+if (ldap_delete_s($ld,$ENTRYDN) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"delete_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Deleted.\n";
+
+# Unbind to LDAP server
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+
+exit;

mozilla/directory/perldap/typemap

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: typemap,v 1.4 1998-08-13 09:15:00 leif Exp $
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+# basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+# License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+# under the License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. The Initial Developer of the Original
+# Code is Netscape Communications Corp. and Clayton Donley. Portions
+# created by Netscape are Copyright (C) Netscape Communications
+# Corp., portions created by Clayton Donley are Copyright (C) Clayton
+# Donley. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Typemap to declare XSUB data types.
+#
+#############################################################################
+
+const int		T_IV
+char *			T_PV
+const char *		T_PV
+char **			T_charptrptr
+LDAP *			T_PTR
+LDAPMessage *		T_PTR
+LDAPMessage **		T_PTR
+BerElement *		T_PTR
+LDAPControl *		T_PTR
+LDAPVersion *		T_PTR
+struct berval 		T_berval
+struct berval **	T_bervalptrptr
+FriendlyMap *		T_PTR
+LDAPsortkey **		T_PTR
+LDAPVirtualList *	T_PTR
+LDAPURLDesc *		T_PTR
+LDAPControl **		T_PTR
+LDAPFiltDesc *		T_PTR
+LDAPFiltInfo *		T_PTR
+LDAPMemCache *		T_PTR
+LDAPMemCache **		T_PTR
+struct ldap_thread_fns *	T_PTR
+LDAPMod **		T_PTR
+LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
+LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
+struct timeval		T_timeval
+
+#########
+INPUT
+T_timeval
+	$var.tv_sec = atof((char *)SvPV($arg,na));
+	$var.tv_usec = 0
+T_berval
+	$var.bv_val = (char *)SvPV($arg,na);
+	$var.bv_len = na
+T_charptrptr
+        $var = (char **)avref2charptrptr($arg)
+T_bervalptrptr
+	$var = (struct berval **)avref2berptrptr($arg)
+OUTPUT
+T_charptrptr
+	$arg = charptrptr2avref($var);
+T_bervalptrptr
+	$arg = berptrptr2avref((struct berval **)$var);

mozilla/xpinstall/Makefile.in

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-
-DEPTH = ..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-DIRS = public
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-
-

mozilla/xpinstall/makefile.win

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#!nmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-
-DEPTH=..
-
-DIRS= public res src 
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>

mozilla/xpinstall/notifier/SoftwareUpdate-Source-1.rdf

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<RDF:RDF xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-         xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
-
-  <RDF:Bag ID="NC:SoftwareUpdateRoot">
-    <RDF:li>
-       <RDF:Bag ID="NC:NewSoftwareToday" NC:title="New Software">
-
-    <RDF:li>
-        <RDF:Description ID="AimUpdate344">
-         <NC:type resource="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#SoftwarePackage" />
-         <NC:title>AOL AIM</NC:title>
-         <NC:description>An Instant Message Client</NC:description>
-         <NC:version>3.4.1.12</NC:version>
-         <NC:registryKey>/AOL/AIM/</NC:registryKey>
-         <NC:url>http://home.netscape.com/index.html</NC:url>
-       </RDF:Description>
-    </RDF:li>
-    
-    <RDF:li>
-       <RDF:Description ID="PGPPlugin345">
-         <NC:type resource="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#SoftwarePackage" />
-         <NC:title>PGP Plugin For Mozilla</NC:title>
-         <NC:description>A high grade encryption plugin</NC:description>
-         <NC:version>1.1.2.0</NC:version>
-         <NC:registryKey>/PGP/ROCKS/</NC:registryKey>
-         <NC:url>http://home.netscape.com/index.html</NC:url>
-       </RDF:Description>
-    </RDF:li>
-
-       </RDF:Bag>
-     </RDF:li>
-  </RDF:Bag>
-</RDF:RDF>

mozilla/xpinstall/notifier/SoftwareUpdate.css

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-window { 
- display: block; 
-} 
-
-tree { 
- display: table; 
- background-color: #FFFFFF; 
- border: none; 
- border-spacing: 0px; 
- width: 100%;
-}
-
-treecol {
- display: table-column;
- width: 200px;
-}
-
-treeitem { 
- display: table-row; 
-} 
-
-treehead { 
- display: table-header-group; 
-} 
-
-treebody { 
- display: table-row-group; 
-} 
-
-treecell { 
- display: table-cell; 
- font-family: Verdana, Sans-Serif;
- font-size: 8pt;
-} 
-
-treecell[selectedcell] {
- background-color: yellow;
- }
- 
-
-treehead treeitem treecell { 
- background-color: #c0c0c0; 
- border: outset 1px;
- border-color: white #707070 #707070 white;
- padding-left: 4px;
-}
-
-treeitem[type="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#SoftwarePackage"] > treecell > titledbutton {
- list-style-image: url("resource:/res/rdf/SoftwareUpdatePackage.gif");
-}
-
-treeitem[type="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#Folder"] > treecell > titledbutton {
- list-style-image: url("resource:/res/rdf/bookmark-folder-closed.gif");
-
-treeitem[type="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#Folder"][open="true"] > treecell > titledbutton {
- list-style-image: url("resource:/res/rdf/bookmark-folder-open.gif");
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/notifier/SoftwareUpdate.js

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-    // the rdf service
-    var RDF = Components.classes['component://netscape/rdf/rdf-service'].getService();
-    RDF = RDF.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFService);
-
-    function getAttr(registry,service,attr_name) 
-    {
-        var attr = registry.GetTarget(service,
-                                      RDF.GetResource('http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#' + attr_name),
-                                      true);
-        if (attr)
-            attr = attr.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFLiteral);
-  
-        if (attr)
-            attr = attr.Value;
-        
-        return attr;
-    }
-
-    function Init()
-    {
-        // this is the main rdf file.
-        
-        var mainRegistry = RDF.GetDataSource('resource://res/rdf/SoftwareUpdates.rdf');
-        
-        var mainContainer = Components.classes['component://netscape/rdf/container'].createInstance();
-        mainContainer = mainContainer.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFContainer);
-
-        mainContainer.Init(mainRegistry, RDF.GetResource('NC:SoftwareUpdateDataSources'));
-
-        // Now enumerate all of the softwareupdate datasources.
-        var mainEnumerator = mainContainer.GetElements();
-        while (mainEnumerator.HasMoreElements()) 
-        {
-            var aDistributor = mainEnumerator.GetNext();
-            aDistributor = aDistributor.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFResource);
-
-            var distributorContainer = Components.classes['component://netscape/rdf/container'].createInstance();
-            distributorContainer = distributorContainer.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFContainer);
-            
-            var distributorRegistry = RDF.GetDataSource(aDistributor.Value);
-            var distributorResource = RDF.GetResource('NC:SoftwareUpdateRoot');
-
-            distributorContainer.Init(distributorRegistry, distributorResource);
-
-            // Now enumerate all of the distributorContainer's packages.
-            
-            var distributorEnumerator = distributorContainer.GetElements();
-            
-            while (distributorEnumerator.HasMoreElements()) 
-            {
-                 var aPackage = distributorEnumerator.GetNext();
-                 aPackage = aPackage.QueryInterface(Components.interfaces.nsIRDFResource);
-                 
-                 // remove any that we do not want.
-            
-                 if (getAttr(distributorRegistry, aPackage, 'title') == "AOL AIM")
-                 {
-                    //distributorContainer.RemoveElement(aPackage, true);
-                 }
-            }
-            var tree = document.getElementById('tree');
-
-            // Add it to the tree control's composite datasource.
-            tree.database.AddDataSource(distributorRegistry);
-
-        }
-        
-        // Install all of the stylesheets in the softwareupdate Registry into the
-        // panel.
-
-        // TODO
-
-        // XXX hack to force the tree to rebuild
-        var treebody = document.getElementById('NC:SoftwareUpdateRoot');
-        treebody.setAttribute('id', 'NC:SoftwareUpdateRoot');
-    }
-
-
-    function OpenURL(event, node)
-    {
-        if (node.getAttribute('type') == "http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#SoftwarePackage") 
-        {
-            url = node.getAttribute('url');
-     
-            /*window.open(url,'bookmarks');*/
-  
-            var toolkitCore = XPAppCoresManager.Find("ToolkitCore");
-            if (!toolkitCore) 
-            {
-                toolkitCore = new ToolkitCore();
-                if (toolkitCore) 
-                {
-                    toolkitCore.Init("ToolkitCore");
-                }
-            }
-        
-            if (toolkitCore) 
-            {
-                toolkitCore.ShowWindow(url,window);
-            }
-
-            dump("OpenURL(" + url + ")\n");
-        
-            return true;        
-        }
-        return false;
-    }
-
-
-    // To get around "window.onload" not working in viewer.
-    function Boot()
-    {
-        var tree = document.getElementById('tree');
-        if (tree == null) {
-            setTimeout(Boot, 0);
-        }
-        else {
-            Init();
-        }
-    }
-
-    setTimeout('Boot()', 0);
-

mozilla/xpinstall/notifier/SoftwareUpdate.xul

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<?xml-stylesheet href="resource:/res/rdf/sidebar.css" type="text/css"?>
-<?xml-stylesheet href="resource:/res/rdf/SoftwareUpdate.css" type="text/css"?>
-<window
-  xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40"
-  xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-  xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
-
-  <html:script src="SoftwareUpdate.js"/>
-  
-  <tree id="tree"
-        flex="100%"
-        datasources="rdf:softwareupdates"
-        ondblclick="return OpenURL(event, event.target.parentNode);">
-
-    <treecol rdf:resource="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#title" />
-    <treecol rdf:resource="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#description" />
-    <treecol rdf:resource="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#version" />
-
-    <treehead>
-      <treeitem>
-        <treecell>Title</treecell>
-        <treecell>Description</treecell>
-        <treecell>Version</treecell>
-      </treeitem>
-    </treehead>
-
-    <treebody id="NC:SoftwareUpdateRoot" rdf:containment="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#child" />
-  </tree>
-</window>

mozilla/xpinstall/notifier/SoftwareUpdates.rdf

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-<RDF:RDF xmlns:RDF="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-         xmlns:NC="http://home.netscape.com/softwareupdate-schema#">
-
-  <RDF:Bag ID="NC:SoftwareUpdateDataSources">
-    <RDF:li resource="resource:/res/rdf/SoftwareUpdate-Source-1.rdf" />
-  </RDF:Bag>
-</RDF:RDF>

mozilla/xpinstall/public/MANIFEST

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#
-# This is a list of local files which get copied to the mozilla:dist directory
-#
-
-nsISoftwareUpdate.h
-nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs.h

mozilla/xpinstall/public/Makefile.in

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-DEPTH = ../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-MODULE = xpinstall
-
-XPIDLSRCS = nsIXPInstallProgress.idl
-
-EXPORTS =		             \
-        nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h \
-        nsIDOMInstallVersion.h       \
-        nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs.h       \
-        nsISoftwareUpdate.h          \
-        $(NULL)
-
-EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(EXPORTS))
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

mozilla/xpinstall/public/idl/Install.idl

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-interface Install
-{
-/* IID: { 0x18c2f988, 0xb09f, 0x11d2, \
-  {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}} */
-
-	const int BAD_PACKAGE_NAME          = -200;
-	const int UNEXPECTED_ERROR          = -201;
-	const int ACCESS_DENIED             = -202;
-	const int TOO_MANY_CERTIFICATES     = -203; /* Installer file must have 1 certificate */
-	const int NO_INSTALLER_CERTIFICATE  = -204; /* Installer file must have a certificate */
-	const int NO_CERTIFICATE            = -205; /* Extracted file is not signed */
-	const int NO_MATCHING_CERTIFICATE   = -206; /* Extracted file does not match installer certificate */
-	const int UNKNOWN_JAR_FILE          = -207; /* JAR file has not been opened */
-	const int INVALID_ARGUMENTS         = -208; /* Bad arguments to a function */
-	const int ILLEGAL_RELATIVE_PATH     = -209; /* Illegal relative path */
-	const int USER_CANCELLED            = -210; /* User cancelled */
-	const int INSTALL_NOT_STARTED       = -211;
-	const int SILENT_MODE_DENIED        = -212;
-	const int NO_SUCH_COMPONENT         = -213; /* no such component in the registry. */
-	const int FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST       = -214; /* File cannot be deleted as it does not exist */
-	const int FILE_READ_ONLY            = -215; /* File cannot be deleted as it is read only. */
-	const int FILE_IS_DIRECTORY         = -216; /* File cannot be deleted as it is a directory */
-	const int NETWORK_FILE_IS_IN_USE    = -217; /* File on the network is in-use */
-	const int APPLE_SINGLE_ERR          = -218; /* error in AppleSingle unpacking */
-	const int INVALID_PATH_ERR          = -219; /* GetFolder() did not like the folderID */
-	const int PATCH_BAD_DIFF            = -220; /* error in GDIFF patch */
-	const int PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_TARGET = -221; /* source file doesn't checksum  */
-	const int PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_RESULT = -222; /* final patched file fails checksum  */
-	const int UNINSTALL_FAILED          = -223; /* error while uninstalling a package  */
-	const int GESTALT_UNKNOWN_ERR       = -5550;         
-	const int GESTALT_INVALID_ARGUMENT  = -5551;
-
-	const int SUCCESS					  = 0;
-	const int REBOOT_NEEDED               = 999;
-
-	/* install types */
-	const int LIMITED_INSTALL             = 0;
-	const int FULL_INSTALL                = 1;
-	const int NO_STATUS_DLG				  = 2;
-	const int NO_FINALIZE_DLG			  = 4;
-
-	// these should not be public...
-	/* message IDs*/
-	const int SU_INSTALL_FILE_UNEXPECTED_MSG_ID  = 0;
-	const int SU_DETAILS_REPLACE_FILE_MSG_ID  = 1;
-	const int SU_DETAILS_INSTALL_FILE_MSG_ID  = 2;
-    //////////////////////////
-	
-	readonly attribute wstring UserPackageName;
-	readonly attribute wstring RegPackageName;
-
-	void Install();
-
-	void AbortInstall();
-
-	long AddDirectory(	   in wstring regName, 
-						   in wstring version, 
-						   in wstring jarSource,         
-						   in InstallFolder folder, 
-						   in wstring subdir, 
-						   in boolean forceMode );
-
-
-	long AddSubcomponent(  in wstring regName, 
-						   in wstring version, 
-						   in wstring jarSource,         
-						   in InstallFolder folder, 
-						   in wstring targetName, 
-						   in boolean forceMode );
-
-	long DeleteComponent(  in wstring registryName);
-
-	long DeleteFile(       in InstallFolder folder,
-						   in wstring relativeFileName );
-	
-	long DiskSpaceAvailable( in InstallFolder folder );
-	
-	long Execute(in wstring jarSource, in wstring args);
-	
-	long FinalizeInstall();
-
-	long Gestalt (in wstring selector);
-
-	InstallFolder GetComponentFolder( in wstring regName, 
-						              in wstring subdirectory);
-
-	InstallFolder GetFolder(in wstring targetFolder, 
-				            in wstring subdirectory);
-
-	long GetLastError();
-
-	long GetWinProfile(in InstallFolder folder, in wstring file);
-	
-	long GetWinRegistry();
-
-	long Patch( in wstring regName, 
-				in wstring version, 
-				in wstring jarSource,
-				in InstallFolder folder, 
-				in wstring targetName );
-	
-	void ResetError();
-
-	void SetPackageFolder( in InstallFolder folder );
-	
-	long StartInstall( in wstring userPackageName,
-					   in wstring packageName, 
-					   in wstring version, 
-					   in long flags );
-
-	long Uninstall( in wstring packageName);
-
-};

mozilla/xpinstall/public/idl/InstallTrigger.idl

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-interface InstallTriggerGlobal
-{
-/* IID: { 0x18c2f987, 0xb09f, 0x11d2, \
-  {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}} */
-	
-	const int MAJOR_DIFF =  4;
-    const int MINOR_DIFF =  3;
-    const int REL_DIFF   =  2;
-    const int BLD_DIFF   =  1;
-    const int EQUAL      =  0;	
-
-	boolean UpdateEnabled ();
-
-	long StartSoftwareUpdate(in wstring URL);
-
-	long ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(	in wstring URL, 
-									in wstring regName,
-									in long diffLevel, 
-									in wstring version, 
-									in long mode);
-
-	long CompareVersion( in wstring regName, in wstring version );
-
-};

mozilla/xpinstall/public/idl/InstallVersion.idl

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-interface InstallVersion
-{
-/* IID: { 0x18c2f986, 0xb09f, 0x11d2, \
-  {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}} */
-	 
-	const int EQUAL				=  0;
-    const int BLD_DIFF			=  1;
-	const int BLD_DIFF_MINUS		= -1;
-    const int REL_DIFF			=  2;
-	const int REL_DIFF_MINUS		= -2;
-    const int MINOR_DIFF			=  3;
-	const int MINOR_DIFF_MINUS   = -3;
-    const int MAJOR_DIFF			=  4;
-	const int MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS   = -4;
-	
-	attribute int major;
-	attribute int minor;
-	attribute int release;
-	attribute int build;
-
-	void InstallVersion();
-
-	void init(in wstring versionString);	
-/*
-	void init(in int major, in int minor, in int release, in int build);	
-*/
-	wstring toString();
-
-/*	int compareTo(in wstring version);
-	int compareTo(in int major, in int minor, in int release, in int build);
-*/
-	int compareTo(in InstallVersion versionObject);
-
-};

mozilla/xpinstall/public/makefile.win

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-#!nmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-MODULE=xpinstall 
-DEPTH=..\..
-
-EXPORTS=    nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h \
-			nsIDOMInstallVersion.h       \
-            nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs.h       \
-			nsISoftwareUpdate.h
-
-XPIDLSRCS = .\nsIXPInstallProgress.idl        
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\config.mak>
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsIDOMInstall.h

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-#error

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-/* AUTO-GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT!!! */
-
-#ifndef nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal_h__
-#define nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal_h__
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIScriptContext.h"
-
-
-#define NS_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL_IID \
- { 0x18c2f987, 0xb09f, 0x11d2, \
-  {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}} 
-
-class nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal : public nsISupports {
-public:
-  static const nsIID& IID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL_IID; return iid; }
-  enum {
-    MAJOR_DIFF = 4,
-    MINOR_DIFF = 3,
-    REL_DIFF = 2,
-    BLD_DIFF = 1,
-    EQUAL = 0
-  };
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    UpdateEnabled(PRBool* aReturn)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-};
-
-
-#define NS_DECL_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL   \
-  NS_IMETHOD    UpdateEnabled(PRBool* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-
-
-
-#define NS_FORWARD_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL(_to)  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    UpdateEnabled(PRBool* aReturn) { return _to##UpdateEnabled(aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##StartSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aFlags, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##StartSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aRegName, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aMode, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aRegName, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aMode, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aMode, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aMode, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(aURL, aDiffLevel, aVersion, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareVersion(aRegName, aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareVersion(aRegName, aVersion, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareVersion(aRegName, aVersion, aReturn); }  \
-
-
-extern nsresult NS_InitInstallTriggerGlobalClass(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void **aPrototype);
-
-extern "C" NS_DOM nsresult NS_NewScriptInstallTriggerGlobal(nsIScriptContext *aContext, nsISupports *aSupports, nsISupports *aParent, void **aReturn);
-
-#endif // nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal_h__

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsIDOMInstallVersion.h

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-/* AUTO-GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT!!! */
-
-#ifndef nsIDOMInstallVersion_h__
-#define nsIDOMInstallVersion_h__
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIScriptContext.h"
-
-class nsIDOMInstallVersion;
-
-#define NS_IDOMINSTALLVERSION_IID \
- { 0x18c2f986, 0xb09f, 0x11d2, \
-  {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}} 
-
-class nsIDOMInstallVersion : public nsISupports {
-public:
-  static const nsIID& IID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IDOMINSTALLVERSION_IID; return iid; }
-  enum {
-    EQUAL = 0,
-    BLD_DIFF = 1,
-    BLD_DIFF_MINUS = -1,
-    REL_DIFF = 2,
-    REL_DIFF_MINUS = -2,
-    MINOR_DIFF = 3,
-    MINOR_DIFF_MINUS = -3,
-    MAJOR_DIFF = 4,
-    MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS = -4
-  };
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMajor(PRInt32* aMajor)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMajor(PRInt32 aMajor)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMinor(PRInt32* aMinor)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMinor(PRInt32 aMinor)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetRelease(PRInt32* aRelease)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetRelease(PRInt32 aRelease)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetBuild(PRInt32* aBuild)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetBuild(PRInt32 aBuild)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    Init(const nsString& aVersionString)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    ToString(nsString& aReturn)=0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersionObject, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(const nsString& aString, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn)=0;
-};
-
-
-#define NS_DECL_IDOMINSTALLVERSION   \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMajor(PRInt32* aMajor);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMajor(PRInt32 aMajor);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMinor(PRInt32* aMinor);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMinor(PRInt32 aMinor);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetRelease(PRInt32* aRelease);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetRelease(PRInt32 aRelease);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetBuild(PRInt32* aBuild);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetBuild(PRInt32 aBuild);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    Init(const nsString& aVersionString);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ToString(nsString& aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersionObject, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(const nsString& aString, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn);  \
-
-
-
-#define NS_FORWARD_IDOMINSTALLVERSION(_to)  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMajor(PRInt32* aMajor) { return _to##GetMajor(aMajor); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMajor(PRInt32 aMajor) { return _to##SetMajor(aMajor); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetMinor(PRInt32* aMinor) { return _to##GetMinor(aMinor); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetMinor(PRInt32 aMinor) { return _to##SetMinor(aMinor); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetRelease(PRInt32* aRelease) { return _to##GetRelease(aRelease); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetRelease(PRInt32 aRelease) { return _to##SetRelease(aRelease); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    GetBuild(PRInt32* aBuild) { return _to##GetBuild(aBuild); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    SetBuild(PRInt32 aBuild) { return _to##SetBuild(aBuild); } \
-  NS_IMETHOD    Init(const nsString& aVersionString) { return _to##Init(aVersionString); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    ToString(nsString& aReturn) { return _to##ToString(aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersionObject, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareTo(aVersionObject, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(const nsString& aString, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareTo(aString, aReturn); }  \
-  NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn) { return _to##CompareTo(aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild, aReturn); }  \
-
-
-extern nsresult NS_InitInstallVersionClass(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void **aPrototype);
-
-extern "C" NS_DOM nsresult NS_NewScriptInstallVersion(nsIScriptContext *aContext, nsISupports *aSupports, nsISupports *aParent, void **aReturn);
-
-#endif // nsIDOMInstallVersion_h__

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsISoftwareUpdate.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#ifndef nsISoftwareUpdate_h__
-#define nsISoftwareUpdate_h__
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsIXPInstallProgress.h"
-
-#define NS_IXPINSTALLCOMPONENT_PROGID NS_IAPPSHELLCOMPONENT_PROGID "/xpinstall"
-#define NS_IXPINSTALLCOMPONENT_CLASSNAME "Mozilla XPInstall Component"
-
-
-#define NS_ISOFTWAREUPDATE_IID                   \
-{ 0x18c2f992, 									 \
-  0xb09f, 										 \
-  0x11d2,						                 \
- {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53}\
-} 
-
-
-class nsISoftwareUpdate : public nsISupports  
-{
-    public:
-        	NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_ISOFTWAREUPDATE_IID)
-            
-            NS_IMETHOD InstallJar(const nsString& fromURL,
-                                  const nsString& localFile,
-                                  long  flags) = 0; 
-            
-            NS_IMETHOD RegisterNotifier(nsIXPInstallProgress *notifier) = 0;
-            
-            NS_IMETHOD InstallPending(void) = 0;
-
-            /* FIX: these should be in a private interface */
-            NS_IMETHOD InstallJarCallBack()                   = 0; 
-            NS_IMETHOD GetTopLevelNotifier(nsIXPInstallProgress **notifier) = 0;
-};
-
-
-class nsSoftwareUpdateFactory : public nsIFactory 
-{
-    public:
-        
-        nsSoftwareUpdateFactory();
-        virtual ~nsSoftwareUpdateFactory();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-              NS_IMETHOD CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter,
-                                        REFNSIID aIID,
-                                        void **aResult);
-
-              NS_IMETHOD LockFactory(PRBool aLock);
-
-};
-
-
-#endif // nsISoftwareUpdate_h__
-

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsIXPInstallProgress.idl

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "nsISupports.idl"
-
-[uuid(eea90d40-b059-11d2-915e-c12b696c9333)]
-interface nsIXPInstallProgress : nsISupports
-{
-        void BeforeJavascriptEvaluation();
-        void AfterJavascriptEvaluation();
-        void InstallStarted([const] in string UIPackageName);
-        void ItemScheduled([const] in string message );
-        void InstallFinalization([const] in string message, in long itemNum, in long totNum );
-        void InstallAborted();
-};

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsIXPInstallProgressNotifier.h

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef nsIXPInstallProgressNotifier_h__
-#define nsIXPInstallProgressNotifier_h__
-
-
-class nsIXPInstallProgressNotifier
-{
-     public:
-        
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: BeforeJavascriptEvaluation
-        // Description	    : This will be called when prior to the install script being evaluate
-        // Return type		: void 
-        // Argument         : void
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-        virtual void BeforeJavascriptEvaluation(void) = 0;
-        
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: AfterJavascriptEvaluation
-        // Description	    : This will be called after the install script has being evaluated
-        // Return type		: void 
-        // Argument         : void
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-         
-        virtual void AfterJavascriptEvaluation(void) = 0;
-
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: InstallStarted
-        // Description	    : This will be called when StartInstall has been called
-        // Return type		: void
-        // Argument         : char* UIPackageName - User Package Name
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-        virtual void InstallStarted(const char* UIPackageName) = 0;
-        
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: ItemScheduled
-        // Description	    : This will be called when items are being scheduled 
-        // Return type		: Any value returned other than zero, will be treated as an error and the script will be aborted
-        // Argument         : The message that should be displayed to the user
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-        virtual long ItemScheduled( const char* message ) = 0;
-        
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: InstallFinalization
-        // Description	    : This will be called when the installation is in its Finalize stage 
-        // Return type		: void 
-        // Argument         : char* message - The message that should be displayed to the user
-        // Argument         : long itemNum  - This is the current item number
-        // Argument         : long totNum   - This is the total number of items
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-        virtual void InstallFinalization( const char* message, long itemNum, long totNum ) = 0;
-
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-        // Function name	: InstallAborted
-        // Description	    : This will be called when the install is aborted 
-        // Return type		: void
-        // Argument         : void
-        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-        virtual void InstallAborted(void) = 0;
-
-};
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/public/nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#ifndef nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs_h___
-#define nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs_h___
-
-#define NS_SoftwareUpdate_CID                        \
-{ /* 18c2f989-b09f-11d2-bcde-00805f0e1353 */         \
-    0x18c2f989,                                      \
-    0xb09f,                                          \
-    0x11d2,                                          \
-    {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53} \
-}
-
-#define NS_SoftwareUpdateInstall_CID                 \
-{ /* 18c2f98b-b09f-11d2-bcde-00805f0e1353 */         \
-    0x18c2f98b,                                      \
-    0xb09f,                                          \
-    0x11d2,                                          \
-    {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53} \
-}
-
-#define NS_SoftwareUpdateInstallTrigger_CID          \
-{ /* 18c2f98d-b09f-11d2-bcde-00805f0e1353 */         \
-    0x18c2f98d,                                      \
-    0xb09f,                                          \
-    0x11d2,                                          \
-    {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53} \
-}
-
-#define NS_SoftwareUpdateInstallVersion_CID          \
-{ /* 18c2f98f-b09f-11d2-bcde-00805f0e1353 */         \
-    0x18c2f98f,                                      \
-    0xb09f,                                          \
-    0x11d2,                                          \
-    {0xbc, 0xde, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x0e, 0x13, 0x53} \
-}
-
-
-
-#endif /* nsSoftwareUpdateIIDs_h___ */
-

mozilla/xpinstall/res/MANIFEST

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-progress.xul
-progress.css
-progress.html

mozilla/xpinstall/res/Makefile.in

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# NPL.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-
-DEPTH=../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-
-EXPORT_RESOURCE_XPINSTALL = \
-	$(srcdir)/progress.xul \
-	$(srcdir)/progress.html \
-	$(srcdir)/progress.css \
-	$(NULL)
-
-install:: 
-	$(INSTALL) $(EXPORT_RESOURCE_XPINSTALL) $(DIST)/bin/res/xpinstall

mozilla/xpinstall/res/makefile.win

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#!nmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# NPL.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-
-DEPTH=..\..
-IGNORE_MANIFEST=1
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>
-
-install:: $(DLL)
-	$(MAKE_INSTALL) progress.xul $(DIST)\bin\res\xpinstall
-    $(MAKE_INSTALL) progress.css $(DIST)\bin\res\xpinstall
-    $(MAKE_INSTALL) progress.html $(DIST)\bin\res\xpinstall
-
-clobber::
-	rm -f $(DIST)\res\xpinstall\progress.xul
-    rm -f $(DIST)\res\xpinstall\progress.css
-    rm -f $(DIST)\res\xpinstall\progress.html

mozilla/xpinstall/res/progress.css

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-TD {
-    font: 10pt sans-serif;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/res/progress.html

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
-<html>
-<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0"  style="overflow:visible; margin: 0px; color-background: rgb(192,192,192);">
-<center>
-<table BORDER COLS=5 WIDTH="99%" style="color-background:rgb(192,192,192);">
-<tr>
-<td WIDTH="3%"  NOWRAP style="border: 1px inset rgb(192,192,192);">&nbsp</td>
-<td WIDTH="3%"  NOWRAP style="border: 1px inset rgb(192,192,192);">&nbsp</td>
-<td WIDTH="3%"  NOWRAP style="border: 1px inset rgb(192,192,192);">&nbsp</td>
-<td WIDTH="10%" NOWRAP style="border: 1px inset rgb(192,192,192);">&nbsp</td>
-<td WIDTH="81%" NOWRAP style="border: 1px inset rgb(192,192,192);">&nbsp</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</center>
-</body>
-</html>

mozilla/xpinstall/res/progress.xul

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?> 
-<?xml-stylesheet href="../samples/xul.css" type="text/css"?> 
-<?xml-stylesheet href="progress.css" type="text/css"?> 
-
-<!DOCTYPE window
-[
-<!ENTITY downloadWindow.title "XPInstall Progress"> 
-<!ENTITY  status "Status:"> 
-<!ENTITY  cancelButtonTitle "Cancel">
-]
-> 
-
-<window xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40"
-        xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
-        title="XPInstall Progress"
-        width="425"
-        height="225">
-
-    <data>
-        <broadcaster id="data.canceled" type="string" value="false"/>
-    </data>
-
-
-    <html:script>
- 
-         function cancelInstall() 
-         {
-            var cancelData = document.getElementById("data.canceled");
-            cancelData.setAttribute( "value", "true");
-         }
-
-    </html:script>
-
-<html:center>
-  <html:table style="width:100%;">
-
-    <html:tr>
-      <html:td align="center">
-        <html:input id="dialog.uiPackageName" readonly="" style="background-color:lightgray;width:300px;"/>
-      </html:td>
-    </html:tr>
-
-    <html:tr>
-      <html:td nowrap="" style="border: 1px rgb(192,192,192);" align="center">
-        <html:input id="dialog.currentAction" readonly="" style="background-color:lightgray;width:450px;"/>
-      </html:td>
-    </html:tr>
-
-
-    <html:tr>
-      <html:td align="center" width="15%" nowrap="" style="border: 1px rgb(192,192,192);">
-        <progressmeter id="dialog.progress" mode="undetermined" style="width:300px;height:16px;">
-        </progressmeter>
-	  </html:td>
-    </html:tr>
-
-    <html:tr>
-      <html:td align="center" width="3%"  nowrap="" style="border: 1px rgb(192,192,192);">
-        <html:button onclick="cancelInstall()" height="12">
-          &cancelButtonTitle;
-        </html:button>
-      </html:td>
-    </html:tr>
-  </html:table>
-
-</html:center>
-</window>

mozilla/xpinstall/src/Makefile.in

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-DEPTH           = ../..
-topsrcdir       = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH           = @srcdir@
-srcdir          = @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-MODULE		= xpinstall
-LIBRARY_NAME	= xpinstall
-IS_COMPONENT	= 1
-REQUIRES        = dom js netlib raptor xpcom
-
-CPPSRCS = \
-    nsSoftwareUpdate.cpp        \
-    nsInstall.cpp               \
-    nsInstallDelete.cpp         \
-    nsInstallExecute.cpp        \
-    nsInstallFile.cpp           \
-    nsInstallFolder.cpp         \
-    nsInstallPatch.cpp          \
-    nsInstallUninstall.cpp      \
-    nsInstallTrigger.cpp        \
-    nsInstallResources.cpp      \
-    nsJSInstall.cpp             \
-    nsJSInstallTriggerGlobal.cpp\
-    nsSoftwareUpdateRun.cpp     \
-    nsSoftwareUpdateStream.cpp  \
-    nsTopProgressNotifier.cpp   \
-    nsLoggingProgressNotifier   \
-    ScheduledTasks.cpp          \
-    nsInstallFileOpItem.cpp     \
-    $(NULL)
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(srcdir)/../public
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/PatchableAppleSingle.h

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-
-/*
-
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-
- *
-
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-
- * License.
-
- *
-
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-
- * released March 31, 1998. 
-
- *
-
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-
- * Reserved.
-
- *
-
- * Contributors:
-
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
- */
-
- 
-
-#ifndef SU_PAS_H
-
-#define SU_PAS_H
-
-
-
-
-
-#include <Errors.h>
-
-#include <Types.h>
-
-#include <Files.h>
-
-#include <Script.h>
-
-#include <Resources.h>
-
-
-
-typedef struct PASHeader /* header portion of Patchable AppleSingle */
-
-{
-
-       UInt32 magicNum; 	/* internal file type tag = 0x00244200*/
-
-       UInt32 versionNum; 	/* format version: 1 = 0x00010000 */
-
-       UInt8 filler[16]; 	/* filler */
-
-       UInt16 numEntries; 	/* number of entries which follow */
-
-} PASHeader ; 
-
-
-
-
-
-typedef struct PASEntry 	/* one Patchable AppleSingle entry descriptor */
-
-{
-
-        UInt32 entryID; 	/* entry type: see list, 0 invalid 		*/
-
-        UInt32 entryOffset; /* offset, in bytes, from beginning 	*/
-
-                            /* of file to this entry's data 		*/
-
-        UInt32 entryLength; /* length of data in octets 			*/
-
-        
-
-} PASEntry; 
-
-
-
-
-
-typedef struct PASMiscInfo
-
-{
-
-	short	fileHasResFork;
-
-	short	fileResAttrs;
-
-	OSType 	fileType;
-
-	OSType	fileCreator;
-
-	UInt32	fileFlags;
-
-
-
-} PASMiscInfo; 
-
-
-
-
-
-typedef struct PASResFork
-
-{
-
-	short	NumberOfTypes;
-
-	
-
-} PASResFork; 
-
-
-
-
-
-typedef struct PASResource
-
-{
-
-	short			attr;
-
-	short			attrID;
-
-	OSType			attrType;
-
-	Str255			attrName;
-
-	unsigned long	length;
-
-		
-
-} PASResource; 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#if PRAGMA_ALIGN_SUPPORTED
-
-#pragma options align=reset
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-
-#define kCreator	'MOSS'
-
-#define kType		'PASf'
-
-#define PAS_BUFFER_SIZE (1024*512)
-
-
-
-#define PAS_MAGIC_NUM	(0x00244200)
-
-#define PAS_VERSION		(0x00010000)
-
-
-
-enum
-
-{
-
-	ePas_Data	=	1,
-
-	ePas_Misc,
-
-	ePas_Resource
-
-};
-
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-extern "C" {
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Prototypes */
-
-OSErr PAS_EncodeFile(FSSpec *inSpec, FSSpec *outSpec);
-
-OSErr PAS_DecodeFile(FSSpec *inSpec, FSSpec *outSpec);
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-#endif /* SU_PAS_H */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/ScheduledTasks.cpp

@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "NSReg.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "nsFileStream.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h" // for error codes
-#include "prmem.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <windows.h>
-
-BOOL WIN32_IsMoveFileExBroken()
-{
-    /* the NT option MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT is broken on 
-     * Windows NT 3.51 Service Pack 4 and NT 4.0 before Service Pack 2
-     */
-    BOOL broken = FALSE;
-    OSVERSIONINFO osinfo;
-
-    // they *all* appear broken--better to have one way that works.
-    return TRUE;
-
-    osinfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
-    if (GetVersionEx(&osinfo) && osinfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT)
-    {
-        if ( osinfo.dwMajorVersion == 3 && osinfo.dwMinorVersion == 51 )
-        {
-            if ( 0 == stricmp(osinfo.szCSDVersion,"Service Pack 4"))
-            {
-                broken = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( osinfo.dwMajorVersion == 4 )
-        {
-            if (osinfo.szCSDVersion[0] == '\0' || 
-                (0 == stricmp(osinfo.szCSDVersion,"Service Pack 1")))
-            {
-                broken = TRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return broken;
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 DoWindowsReplaceExistingFileStuff(const char* currentName, const char* finalName)
-{
-    PRInt32 err = 0;
-
-    char* final   = strdup(finalName);
-    char* current = strdup(currentName);
-
-    /* couldn't delete, probably in use. Schedule for later */
-     DWORD	dwVersion, dwWindowsMajorVersion;
-
-    /* Get OS version info */
-    dwVersion = GetVersion();
-    dwWindowsMajorVersion =  (DWORD)(LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)));
-
-    /* Get build numbers for Windows NT or Win32s */
-
-    if (dwVersion < 0x80000000)                // Windows NT
-    {
-    	/* On Windows NT */
-        if ( WIN32_IsMoveFileExBroken() )
-        {
-            /* the MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT option doesn't work on
-             * NT 3.51 SP4 or on NT 4.0 until SP2
-             */
-            struct stat statbuf;
-            PRBool nameFound = PR_FALSE;
-            char tmpname[_MAX_PATH];
-            
-            strncpy( tmpname, finalName, _MAX_PATH );
-            int len = strlen(tmpname);
-            while (!nameFound && len < _MAX_PATH ) 
-            {
-                    tmpname[len-1] = '~';
-                    tmpname[len] = '\0';
-                    if ( stat(tmpname, &statbuf) != 0 )
-                        nameFound = TRUE;
-                    else
-                        len++;
-            }
-
-            if ( nameFound ) 
-            {
-                if ( MoveFile( finalName, tmpname ) ) 
-                {
-                    if ( MoveFile( currentName, finalName ) ) 
-                    {
-                        DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec(tmpname));
-                    }
-                    else 
-                    {
-                        /* 2nd move failed, put old file back */
-                        MoveFile( tmpname, finalName );
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* non-executable in use; schedule for later */
-                    return -1;  // let the start registry stuff do our work!
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else if ( MoveFileEx(currentName, finalName, MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT) )
-        {
-		    err = 0;
-        }
-    }
-	else // Windows 95 or Win16
-	{
-        /*
- 		 * Place an entry in the WININIT.INI file in the Windows directory
-		 * to delete finalName and rename currentName to be finalName at reboot
- 		 */
-
-        int strlen;
- 		char	Src[_MAX_PATH];   // 8.3 name
- 		char	Dest[_MAX_PATH];  // 8.3 name
-
-        strlen = GetShortPathName( (LPCTSTR)currentName, (LPTSTR)Src, (DWORD)sizeof(Src) );
-        if ( strlen > 0 ) 
-        {
-            free(current);
-            current   = strdup(Src);
-        }
-
-		strlen = GetShortPathName( (LPCTSTR) finalName, (LPTSTR) Dest, (DWORD) sizeof(Dest));
-        if ( strlen > 0 ) 
-        {
-            free(final);
-            final   = strdup(Dest);
-        }
-        
-        /* NOTE: use OEM filenames! Even though it looks like a Windows
-         *       .INI file, WININIT.INI is processed under DOS 
-         */
-        
-        AnsiToOem( final, final );
-        AnsiToOem( current, current );
-
-        if ( WritePrivateProfileString( "Rename", final, current, "WININIT.INI" ) )
-		    err = 0;
-    }
-    
-    free(final);
-    free(current);
-
-    return err;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-
-
-REGERR DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec& filename)
-{
-
-    REGERR result = 0;
-    
-    filename.Delete(false);
-    
-    if (filename.Exists())
-    {
-        RKEY newkey;
-        HREG reg;
-        if ( REGERR_OK == NR_RegOpen("", &reg) ) 
-        {
-            if (REGERR_OK == NR_RegAddKey( reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_DELETE_LIST_KEY, &newkey) )
-            {
-                // FIX should be using nsPersistentFileDescriptor!!!
-
-                result = NR_RegSetEntry( reg, newkey, (char*)(const char*)filename.GetNativePathCString(), REGTYPE_ENTRY_FILE, nsnull, 0);
-                if (result == REGERR_OK)
-                    result = nsInstall::REBOOT_NEEDED;
-            }
-
-            NR_RegClose(reg);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-/* tmp file is the bad one that we want to replace with target. */
-
-REGERR ReplaceFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec& replacementFile, nsFileSpec& doomedFile )
-{
-    REGERR result = 0;
-    
-    if(replacementFile == doomedFile)
-    {
-        /* do not have to do anything */
-        return result;
-    }
-
-    doomedFile.Delete(false);
-
-    if (! doomedFile.Exists() )
-    {
-        // Now that we have move the existing file, we can move the mExtracedFile into place.
-        nsFileSpec parentofFinalFile;
-
-        doomedFile.GetParent(parentofFinalFile);
-        result = replacementFile.Move(parentofFinalFile);
-        if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(result) )
-        {
-            char* leafName = doomedFile.GetLeafName();
-            replacementFile.Rename(leafName);
-            nsCRT::free(leafName);
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-        if (DoWindowsReplaceExistingFileStuff(replacementFile.GetNativePathCString(), doomedFile.GetNativePathCString()) == 0)
-            return 0;
-#endif
-
-        RKEY newkey;
-        HREG reg;
-
-        if ( REGERR_OK == NR_RegOpen("", &reg) ) 
-        {
-            result = NR_RegAddKey( reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_REPLACE_LIST_KEY, &newkey);
-            if ( result == REGERR_OK ) 
-            {
-                char* replacementFileName = (char*)(const char*)replacementFile.GetNativePathCString();
-                result = NR_RegSetEntry( reg, newkey, (char*)(const char*)doomedFile.GetNativePathCString(), REGTYPE_ENTRY_FILE, replacementFileName, strlen(replacementFileName));
-                if (result == REGERR_OK)
-                    result = nsInstall::REBOOT_NEEDED;
-            }
-
-            NR_RegClose(reg);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-void DeleteScheduledFiles(void);
-void ReplaceScheduledFiles(void);
-
-extern "C" void PerformScheduledTasks(void *data)
-{
-    DeleteScheduledFiles();
-    ReplaceScheduledFiles();
-}
-
-
-void DeleteScheduledFiles(void)
-{
-    HREG reg;
-
-    if (REGERR_OK == NR_RegOpen("", &reg))
-    {
-        RKEY    key;
-	    REGENUM state;
-
-        /* perform scheduled file deletions and replacements (PC only) */
-        if (REGERR_OK ==  NR_RegGetKey(reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_DELETE_LIST_KEY,&key))
-        {
-            char buf[MAXREGNAMELEN];
-
-            while (REGERR_OK == NR_RegEnumEntries(reg, key, &state, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL ))
-            {
-                nsFileSpec doomedFile(buf);
-
-                doomedFile.Delete(PR_FALSE);
-                
-                if (! doomedFile.Exists()) 
-                {
-                    NR_RegDeleteEntry( reg, key, buf );
-                }
-            }
-
-            /* delete list node if empty */
-			if (REGERR_NOMORE == NR_RegEnumEntries( reg, key, &state, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL ))
-            {
-                NR_RegDeleteKey(reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_DELETE_LIST_KEY);
-            }
-        }
-        
-        NR_RegClose(reg);
-    }
-}
-
-void ReplaceScheduledFiles(void)
-{
-    HREG reg;
-     
-    if (REGERR_OK == NR_RegOpen("", &reg))
-    {
-        RKEY    key;
-	    REGENUM state;
-
-        /* replace files if any listed */
-        if (REGERR_OK ==  NR_RegGetKey(reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_REPLACE_LIST_KEY, &key))
-        {
-            char tmpfile[MAXREGNAMELEN];
-            char target[MAXREGNAMELEN];
-
-            state = 0;
-            while (REGERR_OK == NR_RegEnumEntries(reg, key, &state, tmpfile, sizeof(tmpfile), NULL ))
-            {
-
-                nsFileSpec replaceFile(tmpfile);
-
-                if (! replaceFile.Exists() )
-                {
-                    NR_RegDeleteEntry( reg, key, tmpfile );
-                }
-                else if ( REGERR_OK != NR_RegGetEntryString( reg, key, tmpfile, target, sizeof(target) ) )
-                {
-                    /* can't read target filename, corruption? */
-                    NR_RegDeleteEntry( reg, key, tmpfile );
-                }
-                else 
-                {
-                    nsFileSpec targetFile(target);
-                
-                    targetFile.Delete(PR_FALSE);
-                
-                    if (!targetFile.Exists())
-                    {
-                        nsFileSpec parentofTarget;
-                        targetFile.GetParent(parentofTarget);                                           
-                    
-                        nsresult result = replaceFile.Move(parentofTarget);
-                        if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(result) )
-                        {
-                            char* leafName = targetFile.GetLeafName();
-                            replaceFile.Rename(leafName);
-                            nsCRT::free(leafName);
-                            
-                            NR_RegDeleteEntry( reg, key, tmpfile );
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            /* delete list node if empty */
-            if (REGERR_NOMORE == NR_RegEnumEntries(reg, key, &state, tmpfile, sizeof(tmpfile), NULL )) 
-            {
-                NR_RegDeleteKey(reg, ROOTKEY_PRIVATE, REG_REPLACE_LIST_KEY);
-            }
-        }
-        
-        NR_RegClose(reg);
-    }
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/ScheduledTasks.h

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __SCHEDULEDTASKS_H__
-#define __SCHEDULEDTASKS_H__
-
-
-#include "NSReg.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-
-
-REGERR DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec& filename);
-REGERR ReplaceFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec& tmpfile, nsFileSpec& target );
-
-
-extern "C" void PerformScheduledTasks(void *data);
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/gdiff.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------
- * GDIFF.H
- *
- * Constants used in processing the GDIFF format
- *--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#include "prio.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-
-#define GDIFF_MAGIC         "\xD1\xFF\xD1\xFF"
-#define GDIFF_MAGIC_LEN     4
-#define GDIFF_VER           5
-#define GDIFF_EOF           "\0"
-
-#define GDIFF_VER_POS       4
-#define GDIFF_CS_POS        5
-#define GDIFF_CSLEN_POS     6
-
-#define GDIFF_HEADERSIZE    7
-#define GDIFF_APPDATALEN    4
-
-#define GDIFF_CS_NONE       0
-#define GDIFF_CS_MD5        1
-#define GDIFF_CS_SHA        2
-#define GDIFF_CS_CRC32      32
-
-#define CRC32_LEN           4
-
-/*--------------------------------------
- *  GDIFF opcodes
- *------------------------------------*/
-#define ENDDIFF     0
-#define ADD8MAX     246
-#define ADD16       247
-#define ADD32       248
-#define COPY16BYTE  249
-#define COPY16SHORT 250
-#define COPY16LONG  251
-#define COPY32BYTE  252
-#define COPY32SHORT 253
-#define COPY32LONG  254
-#define COPY64      255
-
-/* instruction sizes */
-#define ADD16SIZE           2
-#define ADD32SIZE           4
-#define COPY16BYTESIZE      3
-#define COPY16SHORTSIZE     4
-#define COPY16LONGSIZE      6
-#define COPY32BYTESIZE      5
-#define COPY32SHORTSIZE     6
-#define COPY32LONGSIZE      8
-#define COPY64SIZE          12
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------
- *  error codes
- *------------------------------------*/
-#define GDIFF_OK                0
-#define GDIFF_ERR_UNKNOWN       -1
-#define GDIFF_ERR_ARGS          -2
-#define GDIFF_ERR_ACCESS        -3
-#define GDIFF_ERR_MEM           -4
-#define GDIFF_ERR_HEADER        -5
-#define GDIFF_ERR_BADDIFF       -6
-#define GDIFF_ERR_OPCODE        -7
-#define GDIFF_ERR_OLDFILE       -8
-#define GDIFF_ERR_CHKSUMTYPE    -9
-#define GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM      -10
-#define GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_TARGET  -11
-#define GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_RESULT  -12
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------
- *  types
- *------------------------------------*/
-#ifndef AIX
-#ifdef OSF1
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#else
-typedef unsigned char uchar;
-#endif
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _diffdata {
-    PRFileDesc*	fSrc;
-    PRFileDesc*	fOut;
-    PRFileDesc*	fDiff;
-    uint8       checksumType;
-    uint8       checksumLength;
-    uchar*      oldChecksum;
-    uchar*      newChecksum;
-    PRBool      bMacAppleSingle;
-    PRBool      bWin32BoundImage;
-    uchar*      databuf;
-    uint32      bufsize;
-} DIFFDATA;
-
-typedef DIFFDATA* pDIFFDATA;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------
- *  miscellaneous
- *------------------------------------*/
-
-#define APPFLAG_W32BOUND        "autoinstall:Win32PE"
-#define APPFLAG_APPLESINGLE     "autoinstall:AppleSingle"
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-  #define TRUE  1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-  #define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/makefile.win

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-#!nmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
-# Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
-# compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
-# released March 31, 1998. 
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
-# Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
-# Reserved.
-#
-# Contributors:
-#     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
-#     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
-
-
-DEPTH=..\..
-IGNORE_MANIFEST=1
-
-MAKE_OBJ_TYPE = DLL
-MODULE=xpinstall
-
-DLL=.\$(OBJDIR)\$(MODULE).dll
-
-DEFINES=-D_IMPL_NS_DOM -DWIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-LCFLAGS =          \
-        $(LCFLAGS) \
-        $(DEFINES) \
-        $(NULL)
-
-LINCS=                          \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\xpinstall   \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\jar         \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\libreg      \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\netlib      \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\xpcom       \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\pref        \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\rdf         \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\js          \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\dom         \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\raptor      \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\nspr2       \
-		-I$(PUBLIC)\zlib        \
-        -I$(PUBLIC)\xpfe\components \
-        $(NULL)
-
-LLIBS =                                \
-        $(DIST)\lib\jar50.lib          \
-        $(DIST)\lib\libreg32.lib       \
-        $(DIST)\lib\netlib.lib         \
-        $(DIST)\lib\xpcom.lib        \
-        $(DIST)\lib\js3250.lib         \
-        $(DIST)\lib\jsdombase_s.lib    \
-        $(DIST)\lib\jsdomevents_s.lib  \
-		$(DIST)\lib\zlib.lib           \
-		$(DIST)\lib\plc3.lib           \
-        $(LIBNSPR)                     \
-        $(NULL)
-
-
-OBJS =                                          \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstall.obj                \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallTrigger.obj         \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallVersion.obj         \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallFolder.obj          \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsJSInstall.obj              \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsJSInstallTriggerGlobal.obj \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsJSInstallVersion.obj       \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsSoftwareUpdate.obj         \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsSoftwareUpdateRun.obj      \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsSoftwareUpdateStream.obj   \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallFile.obj            \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallDelete.obj          \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallExecute.obj         \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallPatch.obj           \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallUninstall.obj       \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallResources.obj       \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsTopProgressNotifier.obj    \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsLoggingProgressNotifier.obj\
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\ScheduledTasks.obj           \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsWinReg.obj                 \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsJSWinReg.obj               \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsWinRegItem.obj             \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsWinRegValue.obj            \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsWinProfile.obj             \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsJSWinProfile.obj           \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsWinProfileItem.obj         \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallProgressDialog.obj  \
-       .\$(OBJDIR)\nsInstallFileOpItem.obj      \
-       $(NULL)
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>
-
-install:: $(DLL)
-    $(MAKE_INSTALL) .\$(OBJDIR)\$(MODULE).lib $(DIST)\lib
-    $(MAKE_INSTALL) .\$(OBJDIR)\$(MODULE).dll $(DIST)\bin\components
-
-clobber::
-        rm -f $(DIST)\lib\$(MODULE).lib
-        rm -f $(DIST)\bin\components\$(MODULE).dll
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstall.h

@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __NS_INSTALL_H__
-#define __NS_INSTALL_H__
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-
-#include "jsapi.h"
-
-#include "plevent.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "nsVector.h"
-#include "nsHashtable.h"
-
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-#include "nsInstallVersion.h"
-
-#include "nsIXPInstallProgress.h"
-
-
-class nsInstallInfo
-{
-  public:
-    
-    nsInstallInfo(const nsString& fromURL, const nsString& localFile, long flags);
-
-    nsInstallInfo(nsVector* fromURL, nsVector* localFiles, long flags);
-    
-    virtual ~nsInstallInfo();
-
-    nsString& GetFromURL(PRUint32 index = 0);
-    
-    nsString& GetLocalFile(PRUint32 index = 0);
-
-    void GetArguments(nsString& args, PRUint32 index = 0);
-    
-    long GetFlags();
-    
-    PRBool    IsMultipleTrigger();
-
-    static void DeleteVector(nsVector* vector);    
-    
-  private:
-    
-    
-    PRBool    mMultipleTrigger;
-    nsresult  mError;
-
-    long       mFlags;
-    nsVector  *mFromURLs;
-    nsVector  *mLocalFiles;
-};
-
-
-
-class nsInstall
-{
-    friend class nsWinReg;
-    friend class nsWinProfile;
-
-    public:
-       
-        enum 
-        {
-            BAD_PACKAGE_NAME            = -200,
-            UNEXPECTED_ERROR            = -201,
-            ACCESS_DENIED               = -202,
-            TOO_MANY_CERTIFICATES       = -203,
-            NO_INSTALLER_CERTIFICATE    = -204,
-            NO_CERTIFICATE              = -205,
-            NO_MATCHING_CERTIFICATE     = -206,
-            UNKNOWN_JAR_FILE            = -207,
-            INVALID_ARGUMENTS           = -208,
-            ILLEGAL_RELATIVE_PATH       = -209,
-            USER_CANCELLED              = -210,
-            INSTALL_NOT_STARTED         = -211,
-            SILENT_MODE_DENIED          = -212,
-            NO_SUCH_COMPONENT           = -213,
-            FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST         = -214,
-            FILE_READ_ONLY              = -215,
-            FILE_IS_DIRECTORY           = -216,
-            NETWORK_FILE_IS_IN_USE      = -217,
-            APPLE_SINGLE_ERR            = -218,
-            INVALID_PATH_ERR            = -219,
-            PATCH_BAD_DIFF              = -220,
-            PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_TARGET   = -221,
-            PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_RESULT   = -222,
-            UNINSTALL_FAILED            = -223,
-            GESTALT_UNKNOWN_ERR         = -5550,
-            GESTALT_INVALID_ARGUMENT    = -5551,
-            
-            SUCCESS                     = 0,
-            REBOOT_NEEDED               = 999,
-            
-            LIMITED_INSTALL             = 0,
-            FULL_INSTALL                = 1,
-            NO_STATUS_DLG               = 2,
-            NO_FINALIZE_DLG             = 4,
-
-            INSTALL_FILE_UNEXPECTED_MSG_ID = 0,
-            DETAILS_REPLACE_FILE_MSG_ID = 1,
-            DETAILS_INSTALL_FILE_MSG_ID = 2
-        };
-
-
-        nsInstall();
-        virtual ~nsInstall();
-        
-        PRInt32    SetScriptObject(void* aScriptObject);
-
-        PRInt32    SaveWinRegPrototype(void* aScriptObject);
-        PRInt32    SaveWinProfilePrototype(void* aScriptObject);
-        
-        JSObject*  RetrieveWinRegPrototype(void);
-        JSObject*  RetrieveWinProfilePrototype(void);
-
-        PRInt32    GetUserPackageName(nsString& aUserPackageName);
-        PRInt32    GetRegPackageName(nsString& aRegPackageName);
-
-        PRInt32    AbortInstall();
-        
-        PRInt32    AddDirectory(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aSubdir, PRBool aForceMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddDirectory(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aSubdir, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddDirectory(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aSubdir, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddDirectory(const nsString& aJarSource, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        
-        PRInt32    AddSubcomponent(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aTargetName, PRBool aForceMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddSubcomponent(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aTargetName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddSubcomponent(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aTargetName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    AddSubcomponent(const nsString& aJarSource, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        
-        PRInt32    DeleteComponent(const nsString& aRegistryName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    DeleteFile(const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aRelativeFileName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    DiskSpaceAvailable(const nsString& aFolder, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Execute(const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aArgs, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Execute(const nsString& aJarSource, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FinalizeInstall(PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Gestalt(const nsString& aSelector, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    GetComponentFolder(const nsString& aComponentName, const nsString& aSubdirectory, nsString** aFolder);
-        PRInt32    GetComponentFolder(const nsString& aComponentName, nsString** aFolder);
-        PRInt32    GetFolder(const nsString& aTargetFolder, const nsString& aSubdirectory, nsString** aFolder);
-        PRInt32    GetFolder(const nsString& aTargetFolder, nsString** aFolder);
-        PRInt32    GetLastError(PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    GetWinProfile(const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aFile, JSContext* jscontext, JSClass* WinProfileClass, jsval* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    GetWinRegistry(JSContext* jscontext, JSClass* WinRegClass, jsval* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Patch(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aTargetName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Patch(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aJarSource, const nsString& aFolder, const nsString& aTargetName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    ResetError();
-        PRInt32    SetPackageFolder(const nsString& aFolder);
-        PRInt32    StartInstall(const nsString& aUserPackageName, const nsString& aPackageName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    Uninstall(const nsString& aPackageName, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        
-        PRInt32    FileOpDirCreate(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpDirGetParent(nsFileSpec& aTarget, nsFileSpec* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpDirRemove(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpDirRename(nsFileSpec& aSrc, nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileCopy(nsFileSpec& aSrc, nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileDelete(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileExists(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRBool* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileExecute(nsFileSpec& aTarget, nsString& aParams, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileGetNativeVersion(nsFileSpec& aTarget, nsString* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileGetDiskSpaceAvailable(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRUint32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileGetModDate(nsFileSpec& aTarget, nsFileSpec::TimeStamp* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileGetSize(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRUint32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileIsDirectory(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRBool* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileIsFile(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRBool* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileModDateChanged(nsFileSpec& aTarget, nsFileSpec::TimeStamp& aOldStamp, PRBool* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileMove(nsFileSpec& aSrc, nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileRename(nsFileSpec& aSrc, nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileWinShortcutCreate(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileMacAliasCreate(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        PRInt32    FileOpFileUnixLinkCreate(nsFileSpec& aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-
-        PRInt32    ExtractFileFromJar(const nsString& aJarfile, nsFileSpec* aSuggestedName, nsFileSpec** aRealName);
-        void       AddPatch(nsHashKey *aKey, nsFileSpec* fileName);
-        void       GetPatch(nsHashKey *aKey, nsFileSpec* fileName);
-        
-        void       GetJarFileLocation(nsString& aFile);
-        void       SetJarFileLocation(const nsString& aFile);
-
-        void       GetInstallArguments(nsString& args);
-        void       SetInstallArguments(const nsString& args);
-
-
-    private:
-        JSObject*           mScriptObject;
-        
-        JSObject*           mWinRegObject;
-        JSObject*           mWinProfileObject;
-        
-        nsString            mJarFileLocation;
-        void*               mJarFileData;
-        
-        nsString            mInstallArguments;
-
-        PRBool              mUserCancelled;
-        
-        PRBool              mUninstallPackage;
-        PRBool              mRegisterPackage;
-
-        nsString            mRegistryPackageName;   /* Name of the package we are installing */
-        nsString            mUIName;                /* User-readable package name */
-
-        nsInstallVersion*   mVersionInfo;           /* Component version info */
-        
-        nsVector*           mInstalledFiles;        
-        nsHashtable*        mPatchList;
-        
-        nsIXPInstallProgress *mNotifier;
-        
-        PRInt32             mLastError;
-
-        void        ParseFlags(int flags);
-        PRInt32     SanityCheck(void);
-        void        GetTime(nsString &aString);
-
-        
-        PRInt32     GetQualifiedRegName(const nsString& name, nsString& qualifiedRegName );
-        PRInt32     GetQualifiedPackageName( const nsString& name, nsString& qualifiedName );
-        
-        void        CurrentUserNode(nsString& userRegNode);
-        PRBool      BadRegName(const nsString& regName);
-        PRInt32     SaveError(PRInt32 errcode);
-
-        void        CleanUp();
-
-        PRInt32     OpenJARFile(void);
-        void        CloseJARFile(void);
-        PRInt32     ExtractDirEntries(const nsString& directory, nsVector *paths);
-
-        PRInt32     ScheduleForInstall(nsInstallObject* ob);
-        
-
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallDelete.cpp

@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#include "prmem.h"
-
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-
-#include "VerReg.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-#include "nsInstallDelete.h"
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-
-nsInstallDelete::nsInstallDelete( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                  const nsString& folderSpec,
-                                  const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                                  PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    if ((folderSpec == "null") || (inInstall == NULL)) 
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-    
-    mDeleteStatus = DELETE_FILE;
-    mFinalFile      = nsnull;
-    mRegistryName   = "";
-    
-
-    mFinalFile = new nsFileSpec(folderSpec);
-    *mFinalFile += inPartialPath;
-
-    *error = ProcessInstallDelete();
-}
-
-nsInstallDelete::nsInstallDelete( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                  const nsString& inComponentName,
-                                  PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    if (inInstall == NULL) 
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-    
-    mDeleteStatus = DELETE_COMPONENT;
-    mFinalFile    = nsnull;
-    mRegistryName = inComponentName;
-
-    *error = ProcessInstallDelete();
-}
-
-
-nsInstallDelete::~nsInstallDelete()
-{
-    if (mFinalFile == nsnull)
-        delete mFinalFile;
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallDelete::Prepare()
-{
-    // no set-up necessary
-    return nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallDelete::Complete()
-{
-    PRInt32 err = nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-
-    if (mInstall == NULL) 
-       return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    if (mDeleteStatus == DELETE_COMPONENT) 
-    {
-        char* temp = mRegistryName.ToNewCString();
-        err = VR_Remove(temp);
-        delete [] temp;
-    }
-
-    if ((mDeleteStatus == DELETE_FILE) || (err == REGERR_OK)) 
-    {
-        err = NativeComplete();
-    }	
-    else 
-    {
-        err = nsInstall::UNEXPECTED_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    
-    return err;
-}
-
-void nsInstallDelete::Abort()
-{
-}
-
-char* nsInstallDelete::toString()
-{
-    char* buffer = new char[1024];
-    
-    if (mDeleteStatus == DELETE_COMPONENT)
-    {
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetDeleteComponentString(), nsAutoCString(mRegistryName));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if (mFinalFile)
-            sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetDeleteFileString(), mFinalFile->GetCString());
-    }
-
-    return buffer;
-}
-
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallDelete::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallDelete::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallDelete::ProcessInstallDelete()
-{
-    PRInt32 err;
-    
-    char* tempCString = nsnull;
-
-    if (mDeleteStatus == DELETE_COMPONENT) 
-    {
-        /* Check if the component is in the registry */
-        tempCString = mRegistryName.ToNewCString();
-
-        err = VR_InRegistry( tempCString );
-                
-        if (err != REGERR_OK) 
-        {
-            return err;
-        } 
-        else 
-        {
-            char* tempRegistryString;
-
-            tempRegistryString = (char*)PR_Calloc(MAXREGPATHLEN, sizeof(char));
-            
-            err = VR_GetPath( tempCString , MAXREGPATHLEN, tempRegistryString);
-            
-            if (err == REGERR_OK)
-            {
-                if (mFinalFile)
-                    delete mFinalFile;
-
-                mFinalFile = new nsFileSpec(tempRegistryString);
-            }
-
-            PR_FREEIF(tempRegistryString);
-        }
-    }
-    
-    if(tempCString)
-        delete [] tempCString;
-
-    if (mFinalFile->Exists())
-    {
-        if (mFinalFile->IsFile())
-        {
-            err = nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            err = nsInstall::FILE_IS_DIRECTORY;
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        err = nsInstall::FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
-    }
-
-    return err;
-}
-
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallDelete::NativeComplete()
-{
-    if (mFinalFile->Exists())
-    {
-        if (mFinalFile->IsFile())
-        {
-           return DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(*mFinalFile);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            return nsInstall::FILE_IS_DIRECTORY;
-        }
-    }
-    
-    return nsInstall::FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
-}
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallDelete.h

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef nsInstallDelete_h__
-#define nsInstallDelete_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-
-#define DELETE_COMPONENT 1
-#define DELETE_FILE      2
-
-class nsInstallDelete : public nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-
-        nsInstallDelete(  nsInstall* inInstall,
-                          const nsString& folderSpec,
-                          const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                          PRInt32 *error);
-
-        nsInstallDelete(  nsInstall* inInstall,
-                          const nsString& ,
-                          PRInt32 *error);
-
-        virtual ~nsInstallDelete();
-
-        PRInt32 Prepare();
-        PRInt32 Complete();
-        void    Abort();
-        char*   toString();
-
-        PRBool CanUninstall();
-        PRBool RegisterPackageNode();
-	    
-  
-    private:
-
-        /* Private Fields */
-
-        nsFileSpec* mFinalFile;
-        
-        nsString    mRegistryName;
-        PRInt32     mDeleteStatus;
-
-        PRInt32 ProcessInstallDelete();
-        PRInt32 NativeComplete();
-        
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallDelete_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallExecute.cpp

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-
-#include "prmem.h"
-
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-
-#include "VerReg.h"
-#include "nsInstallExecute.h"
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-
-nsInstallExecute:: nsInstallExecute(  nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                      const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                                      const nsString& inArgs,
-                                      PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    if ((inInstall == nsnull) || (inJarLocation == "null"))
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    mJarLocation        = inJarLocation;
-    mArgs               = inArgs;
-    mExecutableFile     = nsnull;
-
-}
-
-
-nsInstallExecute::~nsInstallExecute()
-{
-    if (mExecutableFile)
-        delete mExecutableFile;
-}
-
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallExecute::Prepare()
-{
-    if (mInstall == NULL || mJarLocation == "null") 
-        return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    return mInstall->ExtractFileFromJar(mJarLocation, nsnull, &mExecutableFile);
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallExecute::Complete()
-{
-    if (mExecutableFile == nsnull)
-        return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    nsFileSpec app( *mExecutableFile);
-    
-    if (!app.Exists())
-	{
-		return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-	}
-
-    PRInt32 result = app.Execute( mArgs );
-    
-    DeleteFileNowOrSchedule( app );
-    
-    return result;
-}
-
-void nsInstallExecute::Abort()
-{
-    /* Get the names */
-    if (mExecutableFile == nsnull) 
-        return;
-
-    DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(*mExecutableFile);
-}
-
-char* nsInstallExecute::toString()
-{
-    char* buffer = new char[1024];
-    
-    // if the FileSpec is NULL, just us the in jar file name.
-
-    if (mExecutableFile == nsnull)
-    {
-        char *tempString = mJarLocation.ToNewCString();
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetExecuteString(), tempString);
-        delete [] tempString;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetExecuteString(), mExecutableFile->GetCString());
-    }
-    return buffer;
-
-}
-
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallExecute::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallExecute::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallExecute.h

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef nsInstallExecute_h__
-#define nsInstallExecute_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-
-
-class nsInstallExecute : public nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-          
-        nsInstallExecute( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                          const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                          const nsString& inArgs,
-                          PRInt32 *error);
-
-
-        virtual ~nsInstallExecute();
-
-        PRInt32 Prepare();
-        PRInt32 Complete();
-        void  Abort();
-        char* toString();
-
-        PRBool CanUninstall();
-        PRBool RegisterPackageNode();
-	  
-  
-    private:
-          
-        nsString mJarLocation; // Location in the JAR
-        nsString mArgs;        // command line arguments
-        
-        nsFileSpec *mExecutableFile;    // temporary file location
-        
-
-        PRInt32 NativeComplete(void);
-        void NativeAbort(void);
-
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallExecute_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFile.cpp

@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nsInstallFile.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "VerReg.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-
-/* Public Methods */
-
-/*	Constructor
-        inInstall    - softUpdate object we belong to
-        inComponentName	- full path of the registry component
-        inVInfo	        - full version info
-        inJarLocation   - location inside the JAR file
-        inFinalFileSpec	- final	location on disk
-*/
-
-
-nsInstallFile::nsInstallFile(nsInstall* inInstall,
-                             const nsString& inComponentName,
-                             const nsString& inVInfo,
-                             const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                             const nsString& folderSpec,
-                             const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                             PRBool forceInstall,
-                             PRInt32 *error) 
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    mVersionRegistryName = nsnull;
-    mJarLocation         = nsnull;
-    mExtracedFile        = nsnull;
-    mFinalFile           = nsnull;
-    mVersionInfo         = nsnull;
-
-    mUpgradeFile = PR_FALSE;
-    
-    if ((folderSpec == "null") || (inInstall == NULL)) 
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for existence of the newer	version	*/
-    
-    PRBool versionNewer = PR_FALSE;  // Is this a newer version
-    char* qualifiedRegNameString = inComponentName.ToNewCString();
-
-    if ( (forceInstall == PR_FALSE ) && (inVInfo !=  "") && ( VR_ValidateComponent( qualifiedRegNameString ) == 0 ) ) 
-    {
-        nsInstallVersion *newVersion = new nsInstallVersion();
-        newVersion->Init(inVInfo);
-        
-        VERSION versionStruct;
-        
-        VR_GetVersion( qualifiedRegNameString, &versionStruct );
-        
-        nsInstallVersion* oldVersion = new nsInstallVersion();
-
-        oldVersion->Init(versionStruct.major,
-                         versionStruct.minor,
-                         versionStruct.release,
-                         versionStruct.build);
-
-        PRInt32 areTheyEqual;
-        newVersion->CompareTo(oldVersion, &areTheyEqual);
-        
-        delete oldVersion;
-        delete newVersion;
-
-        if (areTheyEqual == nsIDOMInstallVersion::MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS ||
-            areTheyEqual == nsIDOMInstallVersion::MINOR_DIFF_MINUS ||
-            areTheyEqual == nsIDOMInstallVersion::REL_DIFF_MINUS   ||
-            areTheyEqual == nsIDOMInstallVersion::BLD_DIFF_MINUS   )
-        {
-            // the file to be installed is OLDER than what is on disk.  Return error
-            delete qualifiedRegNameString;
-            *error = areTheyEqual;
-            return;
-        }
-    }
-
-    delete qualifiedRegNameString;
-
-    
-     mFinalFile = new nsFileSpec(folderSpec);
-    *mFinalFile += inPartialPath;
-    
-    mReplaceFile = mFinalFile->Exists();
-    
-    if (mReplaceFile == PR_FALSE)
-    {
-        nsFileSpec parent;
-        mFinalFile->GetParent(parent);
-        nsFileSpec makeDirs(parent.GetCString(), PR_TRUE);
-    }
-
-    mForceInstall           = forceInstall;
-    
-    mVersionRegistryName    = new nsString(inComponentName);
-    mJarLocation            = new nsString(inJarLocation);
-    mVersionInfo	        = new nsString(inVInfo);
-        
-    nsString regPackageName;
-    mInstall->GetRegPackageName(regPackageName);
-    
-    // determine Child status
-    if ( regPackageName == "" ) 
-    {
-        // in the "current communicator package" absolute pathnames (start
-        // with slash) indicate shared files -- all others are children
-        mChildFile = ( mVersionRegistryName->CharAt(0) != '/' );
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        
-        // there is no "starts with" api in nsString.  LAME!
-        nsString startsWith;
-        mVersionRegistryName->Left(startsWith, regPackageName.Length());
-
-        if (startsWith.Equals(regPackageName))
-        {
-            mChildFile = true;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mChildFile = false;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-nsInstallFile::~nsInstallFile()
-{
-    if (mVersionRegistryName)
-        delete mVersionRegistryName;
-  
-    if (mJarLocation)
-        delete mJarLocation;
-  
-    if (mExtracedFile)
-        delete mExtracedFile;
-
-    if (mFinalFile)
-        delete mFinalFile;
-  
-    if (mVersionInfo)
-      delete mVersionInfo;
-}
-
-/* Prepare
- * Extracts file out of the JAR archive
- */
-PRInt32 nsInstallFile::Prepare()
-{
-    if (mInstall == nsnull || mFinalFile == nsnull || mJarLocation == nsnull ) 
-        return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    return mInstall->ExtractFileFromJar(*mJarLocation, mFinalFile, &mExtracedFile);
-}
-
-/* Complete
- * Completes the install:
- * - move the downloaded file to the final location
- * - updates the registry
- */
-PRInt32 nsInstallFile::Complete()
-{
-    PRInt32 err;
-
-    if (mInstall == nsnull || mVersionRegistryName == nsnull || mFinalFile == nsnull ) 
-    {
-       return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-    }
-
-    err = CompleteFileMove();
-    
-    if ( 0 == err || nsInstall::REBOOT_NEEDED == err ) 
-    {
-        err = RegisterInVersionRegistry();
-    }
-    
-    return err;
-
-}
-
-void nsInstallFile::Abort()
-{
-    if (mExtracedFile != nsnull)
-        mExtracedFile->Delete(PR_FALSE);
-}
-
-char* nsInstallFile::toString()
-{
-    char* buffer = new char[1024];
-    
-    if (mFinalFile == nsnull)
-    {
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetInstallFileString(), nsnull);
-    }
-    else if (mReplaceFile)
-    {
-        // we are replacing this file.
-
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetReplaceFileString(), mFinalFile->GetCString());
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetInstallFileString(), mFinalFile->GetCString());
-    }
-
-    return buffer;
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallFile::CompleteFileMove()
-{
-    int result = 0;
-    
-    if (mExtracedFile == nsnull) 
-    {
-        return -1;
-    }
-   	
-    if ( *mExtracedFile == *mFinalFile ) 
-    {
-        /* No need to rename, they are the same */
-        result = 0;
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        result = ReplaceFileNowOrSchedule(*mExtracedFile, *mFinalFile );
-    }
-
-  return result;  
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFile::RegisterInVersionRegistry()
-{
-    int refCount;
-    nsString regPackageName;
-    mInstall->GetRegPackageName(regPackageName);
-    
-  
-    // Register file and log for Uninstall
-  
-    if (!mChildFile) 
-    {
-        int found;
-        if (regPackageName != "") 
-        {
-            found = VR_UninstallFileExistsInList( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(regPackageName) , 
-                                                  (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName));
-        } 
-        else 
-        {
-            found = VR_UninstallFileExistsInList( "", (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName) );
-        }
-        
-        if (found != REGERR_OK)
-            mUpgradeFile = PR_FALSE;
-        else
-            mUpgradeFile = PR_TRUE;
-    } 
-    else if (REGERR_OK == VR_InRegistry( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName))) 
-    {
-        mUpgradeFile = PR_TRUE;
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        mUpgradeFile = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if ( REGERR_OK != VR_GetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), &refCount )) 
-    {
-        refCount = 0;
-    }
-
-    VR_Install( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), 
-                (char*)(const char*)mFinalFile->GetNativePathCString(),  // DO NOT CHANGE THIS. 
-                (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionInfo), 
-                PR_FALSE );
-
-    if (mUpgradeFile) 
-    {
-        if (refCount == 0) 
-            VR_SetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), 1 );
-        else 
-            VR_SetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), refCount );  //FIX?? what should the ref count be/
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        if (refCount != 0) 
-        {
-            VR_SetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), refCount + 1 );
-        } 
-        else 
-        {
-            if (mReplaceFile)
-                VR_SetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), 2 );
-            else
-                VR_SetRefCount( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName), 1 );
-        }
-    }
-    
-    if ( !mChildFile && !mUpgradeFile ) 
-    {
-        if (regPackageName != "") 
-        { 
-            VR_UninstallAddFileToList( (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(regPackageName), 
-                                       (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName));
-        } 
-        else 
-        {
-            VR_UninstallAddFileToList( "", (char*)(const char*)nsAutoCString(*mVersionRegistryName) );
-        }
-    }
-
-    return nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/* CanUninstall
-* InstallFile() installs files which can be uninstalled,
-* hence this function returns true. 
-*/
-PRBool
-nsInstallFile::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* RegisterPackageNode
-* InstallFile() installs files which need to be registered,
-* hence this function returns true.
-*/
-PRBool
-nsInstallFile::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFile.h

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef nsInstallFile_h__
-#define nsInstallFile_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallVersion.h"
-
-class nsInstallFile : public nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-
-      /*************************************************************
-       * Public Methods 
-       *
-       *	Constructor
-       *    inSoftUpdate    - softUpdate object we belong to
-       *    inComponentName	- full path of the registry component
-       *    inVInfo	        - full version info
-       *    inJarLocation   - location inside the JAR file
-       *    inFinalFileSpec	- final	location on	disk
-       *************************************************************/
-        nsInstallFile(  nsInstall* inInstall,
-                        const nsString& inVRName,
-                        const nsString& inVInfo,
-                        const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                        const nsString& folderSpec,
-                        const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                        PRBool forceInstall,
-                        PRInt32 *error);
-
-        virtual ~nsInstallFile();
-
-        PRInt32 Prepare();
-        PRInt32 Complete();
-        void  Abort();
-        char* toString();
-
-        PRBool CanUninstall();
-        PRBool RegisterPackageNode();
-	  
-  
-    private:
-
-        /* Private Fields */
-        nsString*     mVersionInfo;	  /* Version info for this file*/
-        
-        nsString*     mJarLocation;	      /* Location in the JAR */
-        nsFileSpec*   mExtracedFile;	  /* temporary file location */
-        nsFileSpec*   mFinalFile;	      /* final file destination */
-
-        nsString*   mVersionRegistryName; /* full version path */
-        
-        PRBool      mForceInstall;   /* whether install is forced */
-        PRBool      mReplaceFile;    /* whether file exists */
-        PRBool      mChildFile;      /* whether file is a child */
-        PRBool      mUpgradeFile;    /* whether file is an upgrade */
-
-
-        PRInt32     CompleteFileMove();
-        PRInt32     RegisterInVersionRegistry();
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallFile_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFileOpEnums.h

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#ifndef nsInstallFileOpEnums_h__
-#define nsInstallFileOpEnums_h__
-
-typedef enum nsInstallFileOpEnums {
-  NS_FOP_DIR_CREATE = 0,
-  NS_FOP_DIR_REMOVE = 1,
-  NS_FOP_DIR_RENAME = 2,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_COPY = 3,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_DELETE = 4,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_EXECUTE = 5,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_MOVE = 6,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_RENAME = 7,
-  NS_FOP_WIN_SHORTCUT_CREATE = 8,
-  NS_FOP_MAC_ALIAS_CREATE = 9,
-  NS_FOP_UNIX_LINK_CREATE = 10,
-  NS_FOP_FILE_SET_STAT = 11
-
-} nsInstallFileOpEnums;
-
-#endif /* nsInstallFileOpEnums_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFileOpItem.cpp

@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "nspr.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallFileOpEnums.h"
-#include "nsInstallFileOpItem.h"
-
-/* Public Methods */
-
-nsInstallFileOpItem::nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*     aInstallObj,
-                                         PRInt32        aCommand,
-                                         nsFileSpec&    aTarget,
-                                         PRInt32        aFlags,
-                                         PRInt32*       aReturn)
-:nsInstallObject(aInstallObj)
-{
-	mIObj    = aInstallObj;
-	mCommand = aCommand;
-	mFlags   = aFlags;
-	mSrc     = nsnull;
-  mParams  = nsnull;
-	mTarget  = new nsFileSpec(aTarget);
-
-  *aReturn = NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsInstallFileOpItem::nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*     aInstallObj,
-                                         PRInt32        aCommand,
-                                         nsFileSpec&    aSrc,
-                                         nsFileSpec&    aTarget,
-                                         PRInt32*       aReturn)
-:nsInstallObject(aInstallObj)
-{
-	mIObj    = aInstallObj;
-	mCommand = aCommand;
-	mFlags   = 0;
-	mSrc     = new nsFileSpec(aSrc);
-  mParams  = nsnull;
-	mTarget  = new nsFileSpec(aTarget);
-
-  *aReturn = NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsInstallFileOpItem::nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*     aInstallObj,
-                                         PRInt32        aCommand,
-                                         nsFileSpec&    aTarget,
-                                         PRInt32*       aReturn)
-:nsInstallObject(aInstallObj)
-{
-	mIObj    = aInstallObj;
-	mCommand = aCommand;
-	mFlags   = 0;
-	mSrc     = nsnull;
-  mParams  = nsnull;
-	mTarget  = new nsFileSpec(aTarget);
-
-  *aReturn = NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsInstallFileOpItem::nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*     aInstallObj,
-                                         PRInt32        aCommand,
-                                         nsFileSpec&    aTarget,
-                                         nsString&      aParams,
-                                         PRInt32*       aReturn)
-:nsInstallObject(aInstallObj)
-{
-	mIObj    = aInstallObj;
-	mCommand = aCommand;
-	mFlags   = 0;
-	mSrc     = nsnull;
-  mParams  = new nsString(aParams);
-	mTarget  = new nsFileSpec(aTarget);
-
-  *aReturn = NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsInstallFileOpItem::~nsInstallFileOpItem()
-{
-  if(mSrc)
-    delete mSrc;
-  if(mTarget)
-    delete mTarget;
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallFileOpItem::Complete()
-{
-  PRInt32 aReturn = NS_OK;
-
-  switch(mCommand)
-  {
-    case NS_FOP_DIR_CREATE:
-      NativeFileOpDirCreate(mTarget);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_DIR_REMOVE:
-      NativeFileOpDirRemove(mTarget, mFlags);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_DIR_RENAME:
-      NativeFileOpDirRename(mSrc, mTarget);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_COPY:
-      NativeFileOpFileCopy(mSrc, mTarget);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_DELETE:
-      NativeFileOpFileDelete(mTarget, mFlags);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_EXECUTE:
-      NativeFileOpFileExecute(mTarget, mParams);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_MOVE:
-      NativeFileOpFileMove(mSrc, mTarget);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_RENAME:
-      NativeFileOpFileRename(mSrc, mTarget);
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_WIN_SHORTCUT_CREATE:
-      NativeFileOpWinShortcutCreate();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_MAC_ALIAS_CREATE:
-      NativeFileOpMacAliasCreate();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_UNIX_LINK_CREATE:
-      NativeFileOpUnixLinkCreate();
-      break;
-  }
-	return aReturn;
-}
-  
-float nsInstallFileOpItem::GetInstallOrder()
-{
-	return 3;
-}
-
-char* nsInstallFileOpItem::toString()
-{
-	nsString result;
-  char*    resultCString;
-
-  switch(mCommand)
-  {
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_COPY:
-      result = "Copy file: ";
-      result.Append(mSrc->GetNativePathCString());
-      result.Append(" to ");
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_DELETE:
-      result = "Delete file: ";
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_MOVE:
-      result = "Move file: ";
-      result.Append(mSrc->GetNativePathCString());
-      result.Append(" to ");
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_RENAME:
-      result = "Rename file: ";
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_DIR_CREATE:
-      result = "Create Folder: ";
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_DIR_REMOVE:
-      result = "Remove Folder: ";
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_WIN_SHORTCUT_CREATE:
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_MAC_ALIAS_CREATE:
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_UNIX_LINK_CREATE:
-      break;
-    case NS_FOP_FILE_SET_STAT:
-      result = "Set file stat: ";
-      result.Append(mTarget->GetNativePathCString());
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-    default:
-      result = "Unkown file operation command!";
-      resultCString = result.ToNewCString();
-      break;
-  }
-  return resultCString;
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallFileOpItem::Prepare()
-{
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-void nsInstallFileOpItem::Abort()
-{
-}
-
-/* Private Methods */
-
-/* CanUninstall
-* InstallFileOpItem() does not install any files which can be uninstalled,
-* hence this function returns false. 
-*/
-PRBool
-nsInstallFileOpItem::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* RegisterPackageNode
-* InstallFileOpItem() does notinstall files which need to be registered,
-* hence this function returns false.
-*/
-PRBool
-nsInstallFileOpItem::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-//
-// File operation functions begin here
-//
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpDirCreate(nsFileSpec* aTarget)
-{
-  aTarget->CreateDirectory();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpDirRemove(nsFileSpec* aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags)
-{
-  aTarget->Delete(aFlags);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpDirRename(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget)
-{
-  aSrc->Rename(*aTarget);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpFileCopy(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget)
-{
-  aSrc->Copy(*aTarget);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpFileDelete(nsFileSpec* aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags)
-{
-  aTarget->Delete(aFlags);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpFileExecute(nsFileSpec* aTarget, nsString* aParams)
-{
-  aTarget->Execute(*aParams);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpFileMove(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget)
-{
-  aSrc->Move(*aTarget);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpFileRename(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget)
-{
-  aSrc->Rename(*aTarget);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpWinShortcutCreate()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpMacAliasCreate()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallFileOpItem::NativeFileOpUnixLinkCreate()
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFileOpItem.h

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#ifndef nsInstallFileOpItem_h__
-#define nsInstallFileOpItem_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-
-class nsInstallFileOpItem : public nsInstallObject
-{
-  public:
-    /* Public Fields */
-
-    /* Public Methods */
-    // used by:
-    //   FileOpFileDelete()
-    nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*    installObj,
-                        PRInt32       aCommand,
-                        nsFileSpec&   aTarget,
-                        PRInt32       aFlags,
-                        PRInt32*      aReturn);
-
-    // used by:
-    //   FileOpDirRemove()
-    //   FileOpDirRename()
-    //   FileOpFileCopy()
-    //   FileOpFileMove()
-    //   FileOpFileRename()
-    nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*    installObj,
-                        PRInt32       aCommand,
-                        nsFileSpec&   aSrc,
-                        nsFileSpec&   aTarget,
-                        PRInt32*      aReturn);
-
-    // used by:
-    //   FileOpDirCreate()
-    nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*    aInstallObj,
-                        PRInt32       aCommand,
-                        nsFileSpec&   aTarget,
-                        PRInt32*      aReturn);
-
-    // used by:
-    //   FileOpFileExecute()
-    nsInstallFileOpItem(nsInstall*    aInstallObj,
-                        PRInt32       aCommand,
-                        nsFileSpec&   aTarget,
-                        nsString&     aParams,
-                        PRInt32*      aReturn);
-
-    ~nsInstallFileOpItem();
-
-    PRInt32       Prepare(void);
-    PRInt32       Complete();
-    char*         toString();
-    void          Abort();
-    float         GetInstallOrder();
-    
-  /* should these be protected? */
-    PRBool        CanUninstall();
-    PRBool        RegisterPackageNode();
-      
-  private:
-    
-    /* Private Fields */
-    
-    nsInstall*    mIObj;        // initiating Install object
-    nsFileSpec*   mSrc;
-    nsFileSpec*   mTarget;
-    nsString*     mParams;
-    long          mFStat;
-    PRInt32       mFlags;
-    PRInt32       mCommand;
-    
-    /* Private Methods */
-
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpDirCreate(nsFileSpec* aTarget);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpDirRemove(nsFileSpec* aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpDirRename(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpFileCopy(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpFileDelete(nsFileSpec* aTarget, PRInt32 aFlags);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpFileExecute(nsFileSpec* aTarget, nsString* aParams);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpFileMove(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpFileRename(nsFileSpec* aSrc, nsFileSpec* aTarget);
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpWinShortcutCreate();
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpMacAliasCreate();
-    PRInt32       NativeFileOpUnixLinkCreate();
-
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallFileOpItem_h__ */
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFolder.cpp

@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallFolder.h"
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsRepository.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "nsSpecialSystemDirectory.h"
-
-#include "nsFileLocations.h"
-#include "nsIFileLocator.h"
-
-struct DirectoryTable
-{
-	char *  directoryName;			/* The formal directory name */
-	PRInt32 folderEnum;		        /* Directory ID */
-};
-
-struct DirectoryTable DirectoryTable[] = 
-{
-    {"Plugins",             100 },
-	{"Program",             101 },
-	{"Communicator",        102 },
-	{"User Pick",           103 },
-	{"Temporary",           104 },
-	{"Installed",           105 },
-	{"Current User",        106 },
-	{"Preferences",         107 },
-	{"OS Drive",            108 },
-	{"file:///",            109 },
-
-    {"Components",          110 },
-    {"Chrome",              111 },
-
-	{"Win System",          200 },
-	{"Windows",             201 },
-
-	{"Mac System",          300 },
-	{"Mac Desktop",         301 },
-	{"Mac Trash",           302 },
-	{"Mac Startup",         303 },
-	{"Mac Shutdown",        304 },
-	{"Mac Apple Menu",      305 },
-	{"Mac Control Panel",   306 },
-	{"Mac Extension",       307 },
-	{"Mac Fonts",           308 },
-	{"Mac Preferences",     309 },
-    {"Mac Documents",       310 },
-
-	{"Unix Local",          400 },
-	{"Unix Lib",            401 },
-
-	{"",                    -1  }
-};
-
-
-
-nsInstallFolder::nsInstallFolder(const nsString& aFolderID)
-{
-    mFileSpec = nsnull;
-    SetDirectoryPath( aFolderID, "");
-}
-
-nsInstallFolder::nsInstallFolder(const nsString& aFolderID, const nsString& aRelativePath)
-{
-    mFileSpec = nsnull;
-
-    /*
-        aFolderID can be either a Folder enum in which case we merely pass it to SetDirectoryPath, or
-        it can be a Directory.  If it is the later, it must already exist and of course be a directory
-        not a file.  
-    */
-    
-    nsFileSpec dirCheck(aFolderID);
-    if ( (dirCheck.Error() == NS_OK) && (dirCheck.IsDirectory()) && (dirCheck.Exists()))
-    {
-        nsString tempString = aFolderID;
-        tempString += aRelativePath;
-        mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec(tempString);
-
-        // make sure that the directory is created.
-        nsFileSpec(mFileSpec->GetCString(), PR_TRUE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        SetDirectoryPath( aFolderID, aRelativePath);
-    }
-}
-
-
-nsInstallFolder::~nsInstallFolder()
-{
-    if (mFileSpec != nsnull)
-        delete mFileSpec;
-}
-        
-void 
-nsInstallFolder::GetDirectoryPath(nsString& aDirectoryPath)
-{
-	aDirectoryPath = "";
-    
-    if (mFileSpec != nsnull)
-    {
-        // We want the a NATIVE path.
-       aDirectoryPath.SetString(mFileSpec->GetCString());
-    }
-}
-
-void
-nsInstallFolder::SetDirectoryPath(const nsString& aFolderID, const nsString& aRelativePath)
-{
-    if ( aFolderID.EqualsIgnoreCase("User Pick") )
-    {
-        PickDefaultDirectory();
-        return;
-    }
-    else if ( aFolderID.EqualsIgnoreCase("Installed") )
-    {   
-        mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec(aRelativePath, PR_TRUE);  // creates the directories to the relative path.
-        return;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        PRInt32 folderDirSpecID = MapNameToEnum(aFolderID);
-        
-        switch (folderDirSpecID) 
-		{
-            case 100: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Plugins
-                SetAppShellDirectory(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_PluginsDirectory );
-                break; 
-
-            case 101: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Program
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_CurrentProcessDirectory ));
-                break;
-            
-            case 102: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Communicator
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_CurrentProcessDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 103: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  User Pick
-                // we should never be here.
-                mFileSpec = nsnull;
-                break;
-
-            case 104: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Temporary
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_TemporaryDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 105: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Installed
-                // we should never be here.
-                mFileSpec = nsnull;
-                break;
-
-            case 106: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Current User
-                SetAppShellDirectory(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_UserProfileDirectory50 );
-                break;
-
-            case 107: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Preferences
-                SetAppShellDirectory(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_PrefsDirectory50 );
-                break;
-
-            case 108: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  OS Drive
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_DriveDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 109: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  File URL
-                {
-                    nsString tempFileURLString = aFolderID;
-                    tempFileURLString += aRelativePath;
-                    mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsFileURL(tempFileURLString) );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case 110: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Components
-                SetAppShellDirectory(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_ComponentsDirectory );
-                break;
-            
-            case 111: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Chrome
-                SetAppShellDirectory(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_ChromeDirectory );
-                break;
-
-            case 200: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Win System
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Win_SystemDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 201: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Windows
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Win_WindowsDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 300: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac System
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_SystemDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 301: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Desktop
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_DesktopDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 302: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Trash
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_TrashDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 303: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Startup
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_StartupDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 304: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Shutdown
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_StartupDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 305: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Apple Menu
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_AppleMenuDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 306: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Control Panel
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_ControlPanelDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 307: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Extension
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_ExtensionDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 308: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Fonts
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_FontsDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 309: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Preferences
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_PreferencesDirectory ));
-                break;
-                    
-            case 310: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Mac Documents
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Mac_DocumentsDirectory ));
-                break;
-                    
-            case 400: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Unix Local
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Unix_LocalDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-            case 401: ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////  Unix Lib
-                mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec( nsSpecialSystemDirectory( nsSpecialSystemDirectory::Unix_LibDirectory ));
-                break;
-
-
-            case -1:
-		    default:
-                mFileSpec = nsnull;
-			   return;
-		}
-#ifndef XP_MAC
-        if (aRelativePath.Length() > 0)
-        {
-            nsString tempPath(aRelativePath);
-
-            if (aRelativePath.Last() != '/' || aRelativePath.Last() != '\\')
-                tempPath += '/';
-
-            *mFileSpec += tempPath;
-        }
-#endif
-            // make sure that the directory is created.
-        nsFileSpec(mFileSpec->GetCString(), PR_TRUE);
-    }
-}
-
-void nsInstallFolder::PickDefaultDirectory()
-{
-    //FIX:  Need to put up a dialog here and set mFileSpec
-    return;   
-}
-
-/* MapNameToEnum
- * maps name from the directory table to its enum */
-PRInt32 
-nsInstallFolder::MapNameToEnum(const nsString& name)
-{
-	int i = 0;
-
-	if ( name == "null")
-        return -1;
-
-	while ( DirectoryTable[i].directoryName[0] != 0 )
-	{
-		if ( name.EqualsIgnoreCase(DirectoryTable[i].directoryName) )
-			return DirectoryTable[i].folderEnum;
-		i++;
-	}
-	return -1;
-}
-
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kFileLocatorIID, NS_IFILELOCATOR_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kFileLocatorCID, NS_FILELOCATOR_CID);
-
-void
-nsInstallFolder::SetAppShellDirectory(PRUint32 value)
-{
-    nsIFileLocator * appShellLocator;
-    
-    nsresult rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kFileLocatorCID, 
-                                                     nsnull,
-                                                     kFileLocatorIID,
-                                                     (void**) &appShellLocator);
-
-    if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) )
-    {
-        mFileSpec = new nsFileSpec();
-        appShellLocator->GetFileLocation(value, mFileSpec);
-        NS_RELEASE(appShellLocator);
-    }
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallFolder.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __NS_INSTALLFOLDER_H__
-#define __NS_INSTALLFOLDER_H__
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "prtypes.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "nsSpecialSystemDirectory.h"
-
-class nsInstallFolder
-{
-    public:
-        
-       nsInstallFolder(const nsString& aFolderID);
-       nsInstallFolder(const nsString& aFolderID, const nsString& aRelativePath);
-       virtual ~nsInstallFolder();
-
-       void GetDirectoryPath(nsString& aDirectoryPath);
-       
-    private:
-        
-        nsFileSpec*  mFileSpec;
-
-		void         SetDirectoryPath(const nsString& aFolderID, const nsString& aRelativePath);
-        void         PickDefaultDirectory();
-        PRInt32      MapNameToEnum(const nsString&  name);
-        void         SetAppShellDirectory(PRUint32 value);
-};
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallObject.h

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#ifndef nsInstallObject_h__
-#define nsInstallObject_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-
-class nsInstall;
-
-class nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-        /* Public Methods */
-        nsInstallObject(nsInstall* inInstall) {mInstall = inInstall; }
-
-        /* Override with your set-up action */
-        virtual PRInt32 Prepare() = 0;
-
-        /* Override with your Completion action */
-        virtual PRInt32 Complete() = 0;
-
-        /* Override with an explanatory string for the progress dialog */
-        virtual char* toString() = 0;
-
-        /* Override with your clean-up function */
-        virtual void Abort() = 0;
-
-        /* should these be protected? */
-        virtual PRBool CanUninstall() = 0;
-        virtual PRBool RegisterPackageNode() = 0;
-
-    protected:
-        nsInstall* mInstall;
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallObject_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallPatch.cpp

@@ -1,986 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "prmem.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallPatch.h"
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-#include "zlib.h"
-
-#include "gdiff.h"
-
-#include "VerReg.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-#include "plstr.h"
-#include "xp_file.h" /* for XP_PlatformFileToURL */
-
-
-#ifdef XP_MAC
-#include "PatchableAppleSingle.h"
-#endif
-
-#define BUFSIZE     32768
-#define OPSIZE      1
-#define MAXCMDSIZE  12
-#define SRCFILE     0
-#define OUTFILE     1
-
-#define getshort(s) (uint16)( ((uchar)*(s) << 8) + ((uchar)*((s)+1)) )
-
-#define getlong(s)  \
-            (uint32)( ((uchar)*(s) << 24) + ((uchar)*((s)+1) << 16 ) + \
-                      ((uchar)*((s)+2) << 8) + ((uchar)*((s)+3)) )
-
-
-
-static int32   gdiff_parseHeader( pDIFFDATA dd );
-static int32   gdiff_validateFile( pDIFFDATA dd, int file );
-static int32   gdiff_valCRC32( pDIFFDATA dd, PRFileDesc* fh, uint32 chksum );
-static int32   gdiff_ApplyPatch( pDIFFDATA dd );
-static int32   gdiff_getdiff( pDIFFDATA dd, uchar *buffer, uint32 length );
-static int32   gdiff_add( pDIFFDATA dd, uint32 count );
-static int32   gdiff_copy( pDIFFDATA dd, uint32 position, uint32 count );
-static int32   gdiff_validateFile( pDIFFDATA dd, int file );
-
-
-nsInstallPatch::nsInstallPatch( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                const nsString& inVRName,
-                                const nsString& inVInfo,
-                                const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                                PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    char tempTargetFile[MAXREGPATHLEN];
-    char* tempVersionString = inVRName.ToNewCString();
-
-    PRInt32 err = VR_GetPath(tempVersionString, MAXREGPATHLEN, tempTargetFile );
-    
-    delete [] tempVersionString;
-    
-    if (err != REGERR_OK)
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::NO_SUCH_COMPONENT;
-        return;
-    }
-	nsString folderSpec(tempTargetFile);
-
-    mPatchFile      =   nsnull;
-    mTargetFile     =   nsnull;
-    mPatchedFile    =   nsnull;
-    mRegistryName   =   new nsString(inVRName);
-    mJarLocation    =   new nsString(inJarLocation);
-    mTargetFile     =   new nsFileSpec(folderSpec);
-    
-    mVersionInfo    =   new nsInstallVersion();
-    
-    mVersionInfo->Init(inVInfo);
-    
-}
-
-
-nsInstallPatch::nsInstallPatch( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                const nsString& inVRName,
-                                const nsString& inVInfo,
-                                const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                                const nsString& folderSpec,
-                                const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                                PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    if ((inInstall == nsnull) || (inVRName == "null") || (inJarLocation == "null")) 
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-    
-    mPatchFile      =   nsnull;
-    mTargetFile     =   nsnull;
-    mPatchedFile    =   nsnull;
-    mRegistryName   =   new nsString(inVRName);
-    mJarLocation    =   new nsString(inJarLocation);
-    mVersionInfo    =   new nsInstallVersion();
-    
-    mVersionInfo->Init(inVInfo);
-    
-    mTargetFile = new nsFileSpec(folderSpec);
-    if(inPartialPath != "null")
-        *mTargetFile += inPartialPath;
-}
-
-nsInstallPatch::~nsInstallPatch()
-{
-    if (mVersionInfo)
-        delete mVersionInfo;
-
-    if (mTargetFile)
-        delete mTargetFile;
-
-    if (mJarLocation)
-        delete mJarLocation;
-    
-    if (mRegistryName)
-        delete mRegistryName;
-
-    if (mPatchedFile)
-        delete mPatchedFile;
-    
-    if (mPatchFile)
-        delete mPatchFile;
-
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallPatch::Prepare()
-{
-    PRInt32 err;
-    PRBool deleteOldSrc;
-    
-    if (mTargetFile == nsnull)
-        return  nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    if (mTargetFile->Exists())
-    {
-        if (mTargetFile->IsFile())
-        {
-            err = nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            err = nsInstall::FILE_IS_DIRECTORY;
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        err = nsInstall::FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
-    }
-
-    if (err != nsInstall::SUCCESS)
-    {   
-        return err;
-    }
-
-    err =  mInstall->ExtractFileFromJar(*mJarLocation, mTargetFile, &mPatchFile);
-   
-    
-    nsFileSpec *fileName = nsnull;
-    nsVoidKey ikey( HashFilePath( nsFilePath(*mTargetFile) ) );
-    
-    mInstall->GetPatch(&ikey, fileName);
-
-    if (fileName != nsnull) 
-    {
-        deleteOldSrc = PR_TRUE;
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        fileName     = mTargetFile;
-        deleteOldSrc = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    err = NativePatch(  *fileName,           // the file to patch
-                        *mPatchFile,         // the patch that was extracted from the jarfile
-                        &mPatchedFile);     // the new patched file
-    
-    if (err != nsInstall::SUCCESS)
-    {   
-        return err;
-    }
-
-    PR_ASSERT(mPatchedFile != nsnull);
-	mInstall->AddPatch(&ikey, mPatchedFile );
-	
-    if ( deleteOldSrc ) 
-    {
-		DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(*fileName );
-    }
-  
-    return err;
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallPatch::Complete()
-{  
-    if ((mInstall == nsnull) || (mVersionInfo == nsnull) || (mPatchedFile == nsnull) || (mTargetFile == nsnull)) 
-    {
-        return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-    }
-    
-    PRInt32 err = nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-
-    nsFileSpec *fileName = nsnull;
-    nsVoidKey ikey( HashFilePath( nsFilePath(*mTargetFile) )  );
-    
-    mInstall->GetPatch(&ikey, fileName);
-    
-    if (fileName != nsnull && (*fileName == *mPatchedFile) )
-    {
-        // the patch has not been superceded--do final replacement
-		err = ReplaceFileNowOrSchedule( *mTargetFile, *mPatchedFile);
-        if ( 0 == err || nsInstall::REBOOT_NEEDED == err ) 
-        {
-            nsString tempVersionString;
-            mVersionInfo->ToString(tempVersionString);
-            
-            char* tempRegName = mRegistryName->ToNewCString();
-            char* tempVersion = tempVersionString.ToNewCString();
-
-            err = VR_Install( tempRegName, 
-							  (char*) (const char *) nsNSPRPath(*mTargetFile),
-                              tempVersion, 
-                              PR_FALSE );
-            
-            delete [] tempRegName;
-            delete [] tempVersion;
-
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            err = nsInstall::UNEXPECTED_ERROR;
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // nothing -- old intermediate patched file was
-        // deleted by a superceding patch
-    }
-
-    return err;
-}
-
-void nsInstallPatch::Abort()
-{
-    nsFileSpec *fileName = nsnull;
-    nsVoidKey ikey( HashFilePath( nsFilePath(*mTargetFile) ) );
-
-    mInstall->GetPatch(&ikey, fileName);
-
-    if (fileName != nsnull && (*fileName == *mPatchedFile) )
-    {
-        DeleteFileNowOrSchedule( *mPatchedFile );
-    }
-}
-
-char* nsInstallPatch::toString()
-{
-	char* buffer = new char[1024];
-
-	// FIX!  sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetPatchFileString(), mPatchedFile->GetCString());
-
-	return buffer;
-}
-
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallPatch::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallPatch::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-
-PRInt32
-nsInstallPatch::NativePatch(const nsFileSpec &sourceFile, const nsFileSpec &patchFile, nsFileSpec **newFile)
-{
-
-	DIFFDATA	*dd;
-	PRInt32		status		= GDIFF_ERR_MEM;
-	char 		*tmpurl		= NULL;
-	char 		*realfile	= PL_strdup(nsNSPRPath(sourceFile)); // needs to be sourceFile!!!
-	nsFileSpec  outFileSpec = sourceFile;
-
-	dd = (DIFFDATA *)PR_Calloc( 1, sizeof(DIFFDATA));
-	if (dd != NULL)
-	{
-		dd->databuf = (uchar*)PR_Malloc(BUFSIZE);
-		if (dd->databuf == NULL) 
-		{
-			status = GDIFF_ERR_MEM;
-			goto cleanup;
-		}
-
-
-		dd->bufsize = BUFSIZE;
-
-		// validate patch header & check for special instructions
-		dd->fDiff = PR_Open (nsNSPRPath(patchFile), PR_RDONLY, 0666);
-
-
-		if (dd->fDiff != NULL)
-		{
-			status = gdiff_parseHeader(dd);
-		} else {
-			status = GDIFF_ERR_ACCESS;
-		}
-
-#ifdef dono
-#ifdef WIN32
-
-        /* unbind Win32 images */
-        if ( dd->bWin32BoundImage && status == GDIFF_OK ) {
-            tmpurl = WH_TempName( xpURL, NULL );
-            if ( tmpurl != NULL ) {
-                if (su_unbind( srcfile, srctype, tmpurl, xpURL ))  	
-				{
-                    PL_strfree(realfile);
-					realfile = tmpurl;
-                    realtype = xpURL;
-                    
-                }
-            }
-            else
-                status = GDIFF_ERR_MEM;
-        }
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef XP_MAC
-
-		if ( dd->bMacAppleSingle && status == GDIFF_OK ) 
-		{
-           // create a tmp file, so that we can AppleSingle the src file
-           nsSpecialSystemDirectory tempMacFile(nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_TemporaryDirectory);
-           nsString srcName = sourceFile.GetLeafName();
-           tempMacFile.SetLeafName(srcName);
-           tempMacFile.MakeUnique();
-           
-           // Encode! 
-		   // Encode src file, and put into temp file
-		   FSSpec sourceSpec = sourceFile.GetFSSpec();
-		   FSSpec tempSpec   = tempMacFile.GetFSSpec();
-		    
-			status = PAS_EncodeFile(&sourceSpec, &tempSpec);   
-				
-			if (status == noErr)
-			{
-				// set
-                PL_strfree(realfile);
-				realfile = PL_strdup(nsNSPRPath(tempMacFile));
-			}
-		}
-#endif 
-
-
-
-		if (status != NS_OK)
-			goto cleanup;
-
-		// make a unique file at the same location of our source file  (FILENAME-ptch.EXT)
-        nsString patchFileName = "-ptch";
-		nsString newFileName = sourceFile.GetLeafName();
-
-        PRInt32 index;
-		if ((index = newFileName.RFind(".")) > 0)
-		{
-            nsString extention;
-            nsString fileName;
-            newFileName.Right(extention, (newFileName.Length() - index) );        
-            newFileName.Left(fileName, (newFileName.Length() - (newFileName.Length() - index)));
-            newFileName = fileName + patchFileName + extention;
-
-        } else {
-            newFileName += patchFileName;
-        }
-        
-
-		outFileSpec.SetLeafName(newFileName); //????
-		outFileSpec.MakeUnique();
-
-        char *outFile = PL_strdup(nsNSPRPath(outFileSpec));
-
-		// apply patch to the source file
-		dd->fSrc = PR_Open ( realfile, PR_RDONLY, 0666);
-		dd->fOut = PR_Open ( outFile, PR_RDWR|PR_CREATE_FILE|PR_TRUNCATE, 0666);
-
-		if (dd->fSrc != NULL && dd->fOut != NULL)
-		{
-			status = gdiff_validateFile (dd, SRCFILE);
-
-			// specify why diff failed
-			if (status == GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM)
-				status = GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_TARGET;
-
-			if (status == GDIFF_OK)
-				status = gdiff_ApplyPatch(dd);
-
-			if (status == GDIFF_OK)
-				status = gdiff_validateFile (dd, OUTFILE);
-
-			if (status == GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM)
-				status = GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_RESULT;
-
-            if (status == GDIFF_OK)
-            {
-                *newFile = &outFileSpec;
-                if ( outFile != nsnull)
-                    PL_strfree( outFile );
-            }
-
-		} else {
-
-			status = GDIFF_ERR_ACCESS;
-		}		
-	}
-
-
-
-#ifdef XP_MAC
-	if ( dd->bMacAppleSingle && status == GDIFF_OK ) 
-	{
-        // create another file, so that we can decode somewhere
-        nsFileSpec anotherName = outFileSpec;
-        anotherName.MakeUnique();
-        
-		// Close the out file so that we can read it 		
-		PR_Close( dd->fOut );
-		dd->fOut = NULL;
-		
-		
-		FSSpec outSpec = outFileSpec.GetFSSpec();
-		FSSpec anotherSpec   = anotherName.GetFSSpec();
-		
-			
-        status =  PAS_DecodeFile(&outSpec, &anotherSpec);
-		if (status != noErr)
-		{
-		   	goto cleanup;
-        }
-		
-        nsFileSpec parent;
-        
-        outFileSpec.GetParent(parent);
-        
-        outFileSpec.Delete(PR_FALSE);
-        anotherName.Copy(parent);
-        
-        *newFile = &anotherName;
-	}
-	
-#endif 
-
-
-cleanup:
-    if ( dd != NULL ) 
-    {
-        if ( dd->fSrc != nsnull )
-            PR_Close( dd->fSrc );
-
-
-        if ( dd->fDiff != nsnull )
-            PR_Close( dd->fDiff );
-		
-		if ( dd->fOut != nsnull )
-        {
-            PR_Close( dd->fOut );
-        }
-        
-        if ( status != GDIFF_OK )
-		   	//XP_FileRemove( outfile, outtype );
-			newFile = NULL;
-		        
-		PR_FREEIF( dd->databuf );
-        PR_FREEIF( dd->oldChecksum );
-        PR_FREEIF( dd->newChecksum );
-        PR_DELETE(dd);
-    }
-
-	if ( tmpurl != NULL ) {
-        //XP_FileRemove( tmpurl, xpURL );
-		tmpurl = NULL;
-        PR_DELETE( tmpurl );
-    }
-    
-	/* lets map any GDIFF error to nice SU errors */
-
-	switch (status)
-	{
-        case GDIFF_OK:
-                break;
-		case GDIFF_ERR_HEADER:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_BADDIFF:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_OPCODE:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_CHKSUMTYPE:
-				status = nsInstall::PATCH_BAD_DIFF;
-				break;
-		case GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_TARGET:
-				status = nsInstall::PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_TARGET;
-				break;
-		case GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM_RESULT:
-				status = nsInstall::PATCH_BAD_CHECKSUM_RESULT;
-				break;
-		case GDIFF_ERR_OLDFILE:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_ACCESS:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_MEM:
-		case GDIFF_ERR_UNKNOWN:
-		default:
-				status = nsInstall::UNEXPECTED_ERROR;
-				break;
-	}
-
-    return status;
-
-	// return -1;	//old return value
-}
-
-
-void* 
-nsInstallPatch::HashFilePath(const nsFilePath& aPath)
-{
-    PRUint32 rv = 0;
-
-	char* cPath = PL_strdup(nsNSPRPath(aPath));
-    
-    if(cPath != nsnull) 
-    {
-        char  ch;
-        char* filePath = PL_strdup(cPath);
-        PRUint32 cnt=0;
-
-        while ((ch = *filePath++) != 0) 
-        {
-            // FYI: rv = rv*37 + ch
-            rv = ((rv << 5) + (rv << 2) + rv) + ch;
-            cnt++;
-        }
-        
-        for (PRUint32 i=0; i<=cnt; i++)
-            *filePath--;
-		PL_strfree(filePath);
-    }
-
-	PL_strfree(cPath);
-
-    return (void*)rv;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_parseHeader()
- *
- *  reads and validates the GDIFF header info
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static
-int32 gdiff_parseHeader( pDIFFDATA dd )
-{
-    int32   err = GDIFF_OK;
-    uint8   cslen;
-    uint8   oldcslen;
-    uint8   newcslen;
-    uint32  nRead;
-    uchar   header[GDIFF_HEADERSIZE];
-
-    /* Read the fixed-size part of the header */
-
-	nRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, header, GDIFF_HEADERSIZE);
-    if ( nRead != GDIFF_HEADERSIZE ||
-         memcmp( header, GDIFF_MAGIC, GDIFF_MAGIC_LEN ) != 0  ||
-         header[GDIFF_VER_POS] != GDIFF_VER )
-    {
-        err = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* get the checksum information */
-
-        dd->checksumType = header[GDIFF_CS_POS];
-        cslen = header[GDIFF_CSLEN_POS];
-
-        if ( cslen > 0 )
-        {
-            oldcslen = cslen / 2;
-            newcslen = cslen - oldcslen;
-            PR_ASSERT( newcslen == oldcslen );
-
-            dd->checksumLength = oldcslen;
-            dd->oldChecksum = (uchar*)PR_MALLOC(oldcslen);
-            dd->newChecksum = (uchar*)PR_MALLOC(newcslen);
-
-            if ( dd->oldChecksum != NULL && dd->newChecksum != NULL )
-            {
-				nRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, dd->oldChecksum, oldcslen);
-                if ( nRead == oldcslen )
-                {
-					nRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, dd->newChecksum, newcslen);
-                    if ( nRead != newcslen ) {
-                        err = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-                    }
-                }
-                else {
-                    err = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-                }
-            }
-            else {
-                err = GDIFF_ERR_MEM;
-            }
-        }
-
-
-        /* get application data, if any */
-
-        if ( err == GDIFF_OK )
-        {
-            uint32  appdataSize;
-            uchar   *buf;
-            uchar   lenbuf[GDIFF_APPDATALEN];
-
-			nRead = PR_Read(dd->fDiff, lenbuf, GDIFF_APPDATALEN);
-            if ( nRead == GDIFF_APPDATALEN ) 
-            {
-                appdataSize = getlong(lenbuf);
-
-                if ( appdataSize > 0 ) 
-                {
-                    buf = (uchar *)PR_MALLOC( appdataSize );
-
-                    if ( buf != NULL )
-                    {
-						nRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, buf, appdataSize);
-                        if ( nRead == appdataSize ) 
-                        {
-                            if ( 0 == memcmp( buf, APPFLAG_W32BOUND, appdataSize ) )
-                                dd->bWin32BoundImage = TRUE;
-
-                            if ( 0 == memcmp( buf, APPFLAG_APPLESINGLE, appdataSize ) )
-                                dd->bMacAppleSingle = TRUE;
-                        }
-                        else {
-                            err = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-                        }
-
-                        PR_DELETE( buf );
-                    }
-                    else {
-                        err = GDIFF_ERR_MEM;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            else {
-                err = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return (err);
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_validateFile()
- *
- *  computes the checksum of the file and compares it to 
- *  the value stored in the GDIFF header
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static 
-int32 gdiff_validateFile( pDIFFDATA dd, int file )
-{
-    int32		result;
-    PRFileDesc*	fh;
-    uchar*		chksum;
-
-    /* which file are we dealing with? */
-    if ( file == SRCFILE ) {
-        fh = dd->fSrc;
-        chksum = dd->oldChecksum;
-    }
-    else { /* OUTFILE */
-        fh = dd->fOut;
-        chksum = dd->newChecksum;
-    }
-
-    /* make sure file's at beginning */
-    PR_Seek( fh, 0, PR_SEEK_SET );
-
-    /* calculate appropriate checksum */
-    switch (dd->checksumType)
-    {
-        case GDIFF_CS_NONE:
-            result = GDIFF_OK;
-            break;
-
-
-        case GDIFF_CS_CRC32:
-            if ( dd->checksumLength == CRC32_LEN )
-                result = gdiff_valCRC32( dd, fh, getlong(chksum) );
-            else
-                result = GDIFF_ERR_HEADER;
-            break;
-
-
-        case GDIFF_CS_MD5:
-
-
-        case GDIFF_CS_SHA:
-
-
-        default:
-            /* unsupported checksum type */
-            result = GDIFF_ERR_CHKSUMTYPE;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    /* reset file position to beginning and return status */
-    PR_Seek( fh, 0, PR_SEEK_SET );
-    return (result);
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_valCRC32()
- *
- *  computes the checksum of the file and compares it to 
- *  the passed in checksum.  Assumes file is positioned at
- *  beginning.
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static 
-int32 gdiff_valCRC32( pDIFFDATA dd, PRFileDesc* fh, uint32 chksum )
-{
-    uint32 crc;
-    uint32 nRead;
-
-    crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);
-
-	nRead = PR_Read (fh, dd->databuf, dd->bufsize);
-    while ( nRead > 0 ) 
-    {
-        crc = crc32( crc, dd->databuf, nRead );
-		nRead = PR_Read (fh, dd->databuf, dd->bufsize);
-    }
-
-    if ( crc == chksum )
-        return GDIFF_OK;
-    else
-        return GDIFF_ERR_CHECKSUM;
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_ApplyPatch()
- *
- *  Combines patch data with source file to produce the
- *  new target file.  Assumes all three files have been
- *  opened, GDIFF header read, and all other setup complete
- *
- *  The GDIFF patch is processed sequentially which random
- *  access is neccessary for the source file.
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static
-int32 gdiff_ApplyPatch( pDIFFDATA dd )
-{
-    int32   err;
-    XP_Bool done;
-    uint32  position;
-    uint32  count;
-    uchar   opcode;
-    uchar   cmdbuf[MAXCMDSIZE];
-
-    done = FALSE;
-    while ( !done ) {
-        err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, &opcode, OPSIZE );
-        if ( err != GDIFF_OK )
-            break;
-
-        switch (opcode)
-        {
-            case ENDDIFF:
-                done = TRUE;
-                break;
-
-            case ADD16:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, ADD16SIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    err = gdiff_add( dd, getshort( cmdbuf ) );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case ADD32:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, ADD32SIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    err = gdiff_add( dd, getlong( cmdbuf ) );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY16BYTE:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY16BYTESIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getshort( cmdbuf );
-                    count = *(cmdbuf + sizeof(short));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY16SHORT:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY16SHORTSIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getshort( cmdbuf );
-                    count = getshort(cmdbuf + sizeof(short));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY16LONG:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY16LONGSIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getshort( cmdbuf );
-                    count =  getlong(cmdbuf + sizeof(short));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY32BYTE:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY32BYTESIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getlong( cmdbuf );
-                    count = *(cmdbuf + sizeof(long));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY32SHORT:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY32SHORTSIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getlong( cmdbuf );
-                    count = getshort(cmdbuf + sizeof(long));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY32LONG:
-                err = gdiff_getdiff( dd, cmdbuf, COPY32LONGSIZE );
-                if ( err == GDIFF_OK ) {
-                    position = getlong( cmdbuf );
-                    count = getlong(cmdbuf + sizeof(long));
-                    err = gdiff_copy( dd, position, count );
-                }
-                break;
-
-            case COPY64:
-                /* we don't support 64-bit file positioning yet */
-                err = GDIFF_ERR_OPCODE;
-                break;
-
-            default:
-                err = gdiff_add( dd, opcode );
-                break;
-        }
-
-        if ( err != GDIFF_OK )
-            done = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* return status */
-    return (err);
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_getdiff()
- *
- *  reads the next "length" bytes of the diff into "buffer"
- *
- *  XXX: need a diff buffer to optimize reads!
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static
-int32 gdiff_getdiff( pDIFFDATA dd, uchar *buffer, uint32 length )
-{
-    uint32 bytesRead;
-
-	bytesRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, buffer, length);
-    if ( bytesRead != length )
-        return GDIFF_ERR_BADDIFF;
-
-    return GDIFF_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_add()
- *
- *  append "count" bytes from diff file to new file
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static
-int32 gdiff_add( pDIFFDATA dd, uint32 count )
-{
-    int32   err = GDIFF_OK;
-    uint32  nRead;
-    uint32  chunksize;
-
-    while ( count > 0 ) {
-        chunksize = ( count > dd->bufsize) ? dd->bufsize : count;
-		nRead = PR_Read (dd->fDiff, dd->databuf, chunksize);
-        if ( nRead != chunksize ) {
-            err = GDIFF_ERR_BADDIFF;
-            break;
-        }
-
-		PR_Write (dd->fOut, dd->databuf, chunksize);
-
-        count -= chunksize;
-    }
-
-    return (err);
-}
-
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------
- *  gdiff_copy()
- *
- *  copy "count" bytes from "position" in source file
- *---------------------------------------------------------
- */
-static
-int32 gdiff_copy( pDIFFDATA dd, uint32 position, uint32 count )
-{
-    int32 err = GDIFF_OK;
-    uint32 nRead;
-    uint32 chunksize;
-
-	PR_Seek (dd->fSrc, position, PR_SEEK_SET);
-
-    while ( count > 0 ) {
-        chunksize = (count > dd->bufsize) ? dd->bufsize : count;
-
-		nRead = PR_Read (dd->fSrc, dd->databuf, chunksize);
-        if ( nRead != chunksize ) {
-            err = GDIFF_ERR_OLDFILE;
-            break;
-        }
-
-		PR_Write (dd->fOut, dd->databuf, chunksize);
-
-        count -= chunksize;
-    }
-
-    return (err);
-}
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallPatch.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#ifndef nsInstallPatch_h__
-#define nsInstallPatch_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallFolder.h"
-#include "nsInstallVersion.h"
-
-
-class nsInstallPatch : public nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-
-        nsInstallPatch( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                        const nsString& inVRName,
-                        const nsString& inVInfo,
-                        const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                        const nsString& folderSpec,
-                        const nsString& inPartialPath,
-                        PRInt32 *error);
-
-        nsInstallPatch( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                        const nsString& inVRName,
-                        const nsString& inVInfo,
-                        const nsString& inJarLocation,
-                        PRInt32 *error);
-
-        virtual ~nsInstallPatch();
-
-        PRInt32 Prepare();
-        PRInt32 Complete();
-        void  Abort();
-        char* toString();
-
-        PRBool CanUninstall();
-        PRBool RegisterPackageNode();
-	  
-  
-    private:
-        
-        
-        nsInstallVersion        *mVersionInfo;
-        
-        nsFileSpec              *mTargetFile;
-        nsFileSpec              *mPatchFile;
-        nsFileSpec              *mPatchedFile;
-
-        nsString                *mJarLocation;
-        nsString                *mRegistryName;
-        
-       
-
-        PRInt32  NativePatch(const nsFileSpec &sourceFile, const nsFileSpec &patchfile, nsFileSpec **newFile);
-        void*    HashFilePath(const nsFilePath& aPath);
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallPatch_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallProgressDialog.cpp

@@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#include "nsIXPInstallProgress.h"
-#include "nsInstallProgressDialog.h"
-
-#include "nsIAppShellComponentImpl.h"
-
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-#include "nsIDocumentViewer.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsINetService.h"
-
-#include "nsIWebShell.h"
-#include "nsIWebShellWindow.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID( kAppShellServiceCID, NS_APPSHELL_SERVICE_CID );
-static NS_DEFINE_IID( kNetServiceCID,      NS_NETSERVICE_CID );
-
-// Utility to set element attribute.
-static nsresult setAttribute( nsIDOMXULDocument *doc,
-                              const char *id,
-                              const char *name,
-                              const nsString &value ) {
-    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-
-    if ( doc ) {
-        // Find specified element.
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> elem;
-        rv = doc->GetElementById( id, getter_AddRefs( elem ) );
-        if ( elem ) {
-            // Set the text attribute.
-            rv = elem->SetAttribute( name, value );
-            if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) {
-            } else {
-                 DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: SetAttribute failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                               __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-            }
-        } else {
-            DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: GetElementById failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                          __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-        }
-    } else {
-        rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    return rv;
-}
-
-
-// Utility to get element attribute.
-static nsresult getAttribute( nsIDOMXULDocument *doc,
-                              const char *id,
-                              const char *name,
-                              nsString &value ) {
-    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-
-    if ( doc ) {
-        // Find specified element.
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMElement> elem;
-        rv = doc->GetElementById( id, getter_AddRefs( elem ) );
-        if ( elem ) {
-            // Set the text attribute.
-            rv = elem->GetAttribute( name, value );
-            if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) {
-            } else {
-                 DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: SetAttribute failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                               __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-            }
-        } else {
-            DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: GetElementById failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                          __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-        }
-    } else {
-        rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    return rv;
-}
-
-
-nsInstallProgressDialog::nsInstallProgressDialog()
-{
-    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-    mWindow = nsnull;
-    mDocument = nsnull;
-
-}
-
-nsInstallProgressDialog::~nsInstallProgressDialog()
-{
-}
-
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF( nsInstallProgressDialog );
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE( nsInstallProgressDialog );
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID,void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-  if (aInstancePtr == NULL) {
-    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-  }
-
-  // Always NULL result, in case of failure
-  *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIXPInstallProgress::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsInstallProgressDialog*)this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(nsIXULWindowCallbacks::GetIID())) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIXULWindowCallbacks*)this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-    *aInstancePtr = (void*) (nsISupports*)((nsIXPInstallProgress*)this);
-    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NO_INTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::BeforeJavascriptEvaluation()
-{
-    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-
-    // Get app shell service.
-    nsIAppShellService *appShell;
-    rv = nsServiceManager::GetService( kAppShellServiceCID,
-                                       nsIAppShellService::GetIID(),
-                                       (nsISupports**)&appShell );
-
-    if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) 
-    {
-        // Open "progress" dialog.
-        nsIURL *url;
-        rv = NS_NewURL( &url, "resource:/res/xpinstall/progress.xul" );
-        
-        if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ) 
-        {
-        
-            nsIWebShellWindow *newWindow;
-
-            rv = appShell->CreateTopLevelWindow( nsnull,
-                                                 url,
-                                                 PR_TRUE,
-                                                 newWindow,
-                                                 nsnull,
-                                                 this,  // callbacks??
-                                                 0,
-                                                 0 );
-
-            if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) 
-            {
-                mWindow = newWindow;
-                NS_RELEASE( newWindow );
-
-                 if (mWindow != nsnull)
-                    mWindow->Show(PR_TRUE);
-            }
-            else 
-            {
-                DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "Error creating progress dialog, rv=0x%X\n", (int)rv );
-            }
-            NS_RELEASE( url );
-        }
-        
-        nsServiceManager::ReleaseService( kAppShellServiceCID, appShell );
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "Unable to get app shell service, rv=0x%X\n", (int)rv );
-    }
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::AfterJavascriptEvaluation()
-{
-    if (mWindow)
-    {
-        mWindow->Close();
-    }
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::InstallStarted(const char *UIPackageName)
-{
-    setAttribute( mDocument, "dialog.uiPackageName", "value", nsString(UIPackageName) );
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::ItemScheduled(const char *message)
-{
-    PRInt32 maxChars = 40;
-
-    nsString theMessage(message);
-    PRInt32 len = theMessage.Length();
-    if (len > maxChars)
-    {
-        PRInt32 offset = (len/2) - ((len - maxChars)/2);
-        PRInt32 count  = (len - maxChars);
-        theMessage.Cut(offset, count); 
-        theMessage.Insert(nsString("..."), offset);
-    }
-    setAttribute( mDocument, "dialog.currentAction", "value", theMessage );
-    
-    nsString aValue;
-    getAttribute( mDocument, "data.canceled", "value", aValue );
-
-    if (aValue.EqualsIgnoreCase("true"))
-        return -1;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::InstallFinalization(const char *message, PRInt32 itemNum, PRInt32 totNum)
-{
-
-    PRInt32 maxChars = 40;
-
-    nsString theMessage(message);
-    PRInt32 len = theMessage.Length();
-    if (len > maxChars)
-    {
-        PRInt32 offset = (len/2) - ((len - maxChars)/2);
-        PRInt32 count  = (len - maxChars);
-        theMessage.Cut(offset, count);  
-        theMessage.Insert(nsString("..."), offset);
-    }
-
-    setAttribute( mDocument, "dialog.currentAction", "value", theMessage );
-
-    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-    char buf[16];
-    
-    PR_snprintf( buf, sizeof buf, "%lu", totNum );
-    setAttribute( mDocument, "dialog.progress", "max", buf );
-   
-    if (totNum != 0)
-    {
-        PR_snprintf( buf, sizeof buf, "%lu", ((totNum-itemNum)/totNum) );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        PR_snprintf( buf, sizeof buf, "%lu", 0 );
-    }
-    setAttribute( mDocument, "dialog.progress", "value", buf );
-    
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallProgressDialog::InstallAborted()
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-// Do startup stuff from C++ side.
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallProgressDialog::ConstructBeforeJavaScript(nsIWebShell *aWebShell) 
-{
-    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-
-    // Get content viewer from the web shell.
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> contentViewer;
-    rv = aWebShell ? aWebShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(contentViewer))
-                   : NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    if ( contentViewer ) {
-        // Up-cast to a document viewer.
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentViewer> docViewer( do_QueryInterface( contentViewer, &rv ) );
-        if ( docViewer ) {
-            // Get the document from the doc viewer.
-            nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-            rv = docViewer->GetDocument(*getter_AddRefs(document));
-            if ( document ) {
-                // Upcast to XUL document.
-                mDocument = do_QueryInterface( document, &rv );
-                if ( ! mDocument ) 
-                {
-                    DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: Upcast to nsIDOMXULDocument failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                                  __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-                }
-            } 
-            else 
-            {
-                DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: GetDocument failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                              __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-            }
-        } 
-        else 
-        {
-            DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: Upcast to nsIDocumentViewer failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                          __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-        }
-    } 
-    else 
-    {
-        DEBUG_PRINTF( PR_STDOUT, "%s %d: GetContentViewer failed, rv=0x%X\n",
-                      __FILE__, (int)__LINE__, (int)rv );
-    }
-
-    return rv;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallProgressDialog.h

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-#ifndef __nsInstallProgressDialog_h__
-#define __nsInstallProgressDialog_h__
-
-#include "nsIXPInstallProgress.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsISupportsUtils.h"
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-
-#include "nsIWebShell.h"
-#include "nsIWebShellWindow.h"
-#include "nsIXULWindowCallbacks.h"    
-
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIDOMXULDocument.h"
-
-
-class nsInstallProgressDialog : public nsIXPInstallProgress, public nsIXULWindowCallbacks
-{
-    public: 
-
-        nsInstallProgressDialog();
-        virtual ~nsInstallProgressDialog();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-        
-        NS_IMETHOD BeforeJavascriptEvaluation();
-        NS_IMETHOD AfterJavascriptEvaluation();
-        NS_IMETHOD InstallStarted(const char *UIPackageName);
-        NS_IMETHOD ItemScheduled(const char *message);
-        NS_IMETHOD InstallFinalization(const char *message, PRInt32 itemNum, PRInt32 totNum);
-        NS_IMETHOD InstallAborted();
-
-        // Declare implementations of nsIXULWindowCallbacks interface functions.
-        NS_IMETHOD ConstructBeforeJavaScript(nsIWebShell *aWebShell);
-        NS_IMETHOD ConstructAfterJavaScript(nsIWebShell *aWebShell) { return NS_OK; }
-
-    private:
-
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMXULDocument>  mDocument;
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIWebShellWindow>  mWindow;
-};
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallResources.cpp

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
- /* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetInstallFileString(void)
-{ 
-    return "Installing: %s"; 
-}
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetReplaceFileString(void)
-{ 
-    return "Replacing %s"; 
-}     
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetDeleteFileString(void)
-{ 
-    return "Deleting file: %s"; 
-} 
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetDeleteComponentString(void) 
-{ 
-    return "Deleting component: %s"; 
-}
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetExecuteString(void)         
-{ 
-    return "Executing: %s"; 
-}
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetExecuteWithArgsString(void) 
-{ 
-    return "Executing: %s with argument: %s"; 
-}
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetPatchFileString(void)       
-{ 
-    return "Patching: %s"; 
-}
-
-char* nsInstallResources::GetUninstallString(void)       
-{ 
-    return "Uninstalling: %s"; 
-}
-

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallResources.h

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef __NS_INSTALLRESOURCES_H__
-#define __NS_INSTALLRESOURCES_H__
-
-class nsInstallResources
-{
-    public:
-       
-       static char* GetInstallFileString(void);
-       static char* GetReplaceFileString(void);     
-       static char* GetDeleteFileString(void);      
-       static char* GetDeleteComponentString(void); 
-       static char* GetExecuteString(void);         
-       static char* GetExecuteWithArgsString(void); 
-       static char* GetPatchFileString(void);       
-       static char* GetUninstallString(void);       
-};
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallTrigger.cpp

@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
- * basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See
- * the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
- * under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are Copyright (C) 1998
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdateStream.h"
-#include "nsInstallTrigger.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h"
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIScriptGlobalObject.h"
-
-#include "nsIPref.h"
-
-#include "nsRepository.h"
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-
-#include "nsSpecialSystemDirectory.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIFactoryIID, NS_IFACTORY_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, NS_ISCRIPTOBJECTOWNER_IID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIInstallTrigger_IID, NS_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIInstallTrigger_CID, NS_SoftwareUpdateInstallTrigger_CID);
-
-
-
-
-
-
-nsInstallTrigger::nsInstallTrigger()
-{
-    mScriptObject   = nsnull;
-    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsInstallTrigger::~nsInstallTrigger()
-{
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallTrigger::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID,void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-    if (aInstancePtr == NULL)
-    {
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    // Always NULL result, in case of failure
-    *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-    if ( aIID.Equals(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID))
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIScriptObjectOwner*)this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-    else if ( aIID.Equals(kIInstallTrigger_IID) )
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-    else if ( aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID) )
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)(nsIScriptObjectOwner*)this;
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-     return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsInstallTrigger)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsInstallTrigger)
-
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallTrigger::GetScriptObject(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void** aScriptObject)
-{
-    NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aScriptObject, "null arg");
-    nsresult res = NS_OK;
-    
-    if (nsnull == mScriptObject) 
-    {
-         nsIScriptGlobalObject *global = aContext->GetGlobalObject();
-
-        res = NS_NewScriptInstallTriggerGlobal(  aContext, 
-                                                (nsISupports *)(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)this, 
-                                                (nsISupports *)global, 
-                                                &mScriptObject);
-        NS_IF_RELEASE(global);
-
-    }
-  
-
-    *aScriptObject = mScriptObject;
-    return res;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallTrigger::SetScriptObject(void *aScriptObject)
-{
-  mScriptObject = aScriptObject;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kPrefsIID, NS_IPREF_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kPrefsCID,  NS_PREF_CID);
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::UpdateEnabled(PRBool* aReturn)
-{
-    nsIPref * prefs;
-    
-    nsresult rv = nsServiceManager::GetService(kPrefsCID, 
-                                               kPrefsIID,
-                                               (nsISupports**) &prefs);
-
-
-    if ( NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) )
-    {
-        rv = prefs->GetBoolPref( (const char*) AUTOUPDATE_ENABLE_PREF, aReturn);
-
-        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-        {
-            *aReturn = PR_FALSE;
-        }
-
-        NS_RELEASE(prefs);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        *aReturn = PR_FALSE;  /* no prefs manager.  set to false */
-    }
-    
-    //FIX!!!!!!!!!!  
-    *aReturn = PR_TRUE; 
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    nsString localFile;
-    CreateTempFileFromURL(aURL, localFile);
-
-    // start the download (this will clean itself up)
-    nsSoftwareUpdateListener *downloader = new nsSoftwareUpdateListener(aURL, localFile, aFlags);
-
-    *aReturn = NS_OK;  // maybe we should do something more.
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    nsString localFile;
-    CreateTempFileFromURL(aURL, localFile);
-
-    // start the download (this will clean itself up)
-    nsSoftwareUpdateListener *downloader = new nsSoftwareUpdateListener(aURL, localFile, 0);
-
-    *aReturn = NS_OK;  // maybe we should do something more.
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallTrigger::CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-// this will take a nsIUrl, and create a temporary file.  If it is local, we just us it.
- 
-void
-nsInstallTrigger::CreateTempFileFromURL(const nsString& aURL, nsString& tempFileString)
-{
-    // Checking to see if the url is local
-
-    if ( aURL.EqualsIgnoreCase("file://", 7) )
-    {       
-        tempFileString.SetString( nsNSPRPath(nsFileURL(aURL)) );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        nsSpecialSystemDirectory tempFile(nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_TemporaryDirectory);
-    
-        PRInt32 result = aURL.RFind("/");
-        if (result != -1)
-        {    
-            nsString jarName;
-                       
-            aURL.Right(jarName, (aURL.Length() - result) );
-            
-            PRInt32 argOffset = jarName.RFind("?");
-
-            if (argOffset != -1)
-            {
-                // we need to remove ? and everything after it
-                jarName.Truncate(argOffset);
-            }
-            
-            
-            tempFile += jarName;
-        }
-        else
-        {   
-            tempFile += "xpinstall.jar";
-        }
-
-        tempFile.MakeUnique();
-
-        tempFileString.SetString( nsNSPRPath( nsFilePath(tempFile) ) );
-    }
-}
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// 
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-
-nsInstallTriggerFactory::nsInstallTriggerFactory(void)
-{
-    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsInstallTriggerFactory::~nsInstallTriggerFactory(void)
-{
-    NS_ASSERTION(mRefCnt == 0, "non-zero refcnt at destruction");
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallTriggerFactory::QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aResult)
-{
-    if (! aResult)
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    // Always NULL result, in case of failure
-    *aResult = nsnull;
-
-    if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-        *aResult = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsISupports*, this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    } else if (aIID.Equals(kIFactoryIID)) {
-        *aResult = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFactory*, this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-    return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsInstallTriggerFactory);
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsInstallTriggerFactory);
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallTriggerFactory::CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
-{
-   if (! aResult)
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    *aResult = nsnull;
-
-    nsresult rv;
-
-    nsInstallTrigger *inst = new nsInstallTrigger();
-    
-    if (! inst)
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv = inst->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult))) 
-    {
-        // We didn't get the right interface.
-        NS_ERROR("didn't support the interface you wanted");
-    }
-    return rv;
-}
-
-    
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallTriggerFactory::LockFactory(PRBool aLock)
-{
-    // Not implemented in simplest case.
-    return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallTrigger.h

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __NS_INSTALLTRIGGER_H__
-#define __NS_INSTALLTRIGGER_H__
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIScriptObjectOwner.h"
-
-#include "nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h"
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsHashtable.h"
-#include "nsVector.h"
-
-
-
-
-
-class nsInstallTrigger: public nsIScriptObjectOwner, public nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal
-{
-    public:
-        static const nsIID& IID() { static nsIID iid = NS_SoftwareUpdateInstallTrigger_CID; return iid; }
-
-        nsInstallTrigger();
-        ~nsInstallTrigger();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetScriptObject(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void** aScriptObject);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetScriptObject(void* aScriptObject);
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    UpdateEnabled(PRBool* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32 aFlags, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    StartSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aDiffLevel, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32 aMode, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(const nsString& aURL, const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, const nsString& aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareVersion(const nsString& aRegName, nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-
-        
-    private:
-        void *mScriptObject;
-        void CreateTempFileFromURL(const nsString& aURL, nsString& tempFileString);
-
-};
-
-
-class nsInstallTriggerFactory : public nsIFactory 
-{
-    public:
-        
-        nsInstallTriggerFactory();
-        ~nsInstallTriggerFactory();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-              NS_IMETHOD CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter,
-                                        REFNSIID aIID,
-                                        void **aResult);
-
-              NS_IMETHOD LockFactory(PRBool aLock);
-
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallUninstall.cpp

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallUninstall.h"
-#include "nsInstallResources.h"
-#include "VerReg.h"
-#include "prmem.h"
-#include "nsFileSpec.h"
-#include "ScheduledTasks.h"
-
-extern "C" NS_EXPORT PRInt32 SU_Uninstall(char *regPackageName);
-REGERR su_UninstallProcessItem(char *component_path);
-
-
-nsInstallUninstall::nsInstallUninstall( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                                        const nsString& regName,
-                                        PRInt32 *error)
-
-: nsInstallObject(inInstall)
-{
-    if (regName == "null") 
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-        return;
-    }
-    
-    mRegName.SetString(regName);
-
-    char* userName = (char*)PR_Malloc(MAXREGPATHLEN);
-    PRInt32 err = VR_GetUninstallUserName( (char*) (const char*) nsAutoCString(regName), 
-                                           userName, 
-                                           MAXREGPATHLEN );
-    
-    mUIName.SetString(userName);
-    
-    if (err != REGERR_OK)
-    {
-        *error = nsInstall::NO_SUCH_COMPONENT;
-    }
-    
-    PR_FREEIF(userName);
-    
-}
-
-nsInstallUninstall::~nsInstallUninstall()
-{
-}
-
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallUninstall::Prepare()
-{
-    // no set-up necessary
-    return nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsInstallUninstall::Complete()
-{
-    PRInt32 err = nsInstall::SUCCESS;
-
-    if (mInstall == NULL) 
-       return nsInstall::INVALID_ARGUMENTS;
-
-    err = SU_Uninstall( (char*)(const char*) nsAutoCString(mRegName) );
-    
-    return err;
-}
-
-void nsInstallUninstall::Abort()
-{
-}
-
-char* nsInstallUninstall::toString()
-{
-    char* buffer = new char[1024];
-    
-    char* temp = mUIName.ToNewCString();
-    sprintf( buffer, nsInstallResources::GetUninstallString(), temp);
-    delete [] temp;
-
-    return buffer;
-}
-
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallUninstall::CanUninstall()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-PRBool
-nsInstallUninstall::RegisterPackageNode()
-{
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-extern "C" NS_EXPORT PRInt32 SU_Uninstall(char *regPackageName)
-{
-    REGERR status = REGERR_FAIL;
-    char pathbuf[MAXREGPATHLEN+1] = {0};
-    char sharedfilebuf[MAXREGPATHLEN+1] = {0};
-    REGENUM state = 0;
-    int32 length;
-    int32 err;
-
-    if (regPackageName == NULL)
-        return REGERR_PARAM;
-
-    if (pathbuf == NULL)
-        return REGERR_PARAM;
-
-    /* Get next path from Registry */
-    status = VR_Enum( regPackageName, &state, pathbuf, MAXREGPATHLEN );
-
-    /* if we got a good path */
-    while (status == REGERR_OK)
-    {
-        char component_path[2*MAXREGPATHLEN+1] = {0};
-        strcat(component_path, regPackageName);
-        length = strlen(regPackageName);
-        if (component_path[length - 1] != '/')
-            strcat(component_path, "/");
-        strcat(component_path, pathbuf);
-        err = su_UninstallProcessItem(component_path);
-        status = VR_Enum( regPackageName, &state, pathbuf, MAXREGPATHLEN );  
-    }
-    
-    err = VR_Remove(regPackageName);
-    // there is a problem here.  It looks like if the file is refcounted, we still blow away the reg key
-    // FIX!
-    state = 0;
-    status = VR_UninstallEnumSharedFiles( regPackageName, &state, sharedfilebuf, MAXREGPATHLEN );
-    while (status == REGERR_OK)
-    {
-        err = su_UninstallProcessItem(sharedfilebuf);
-        err = VR_UninstallDeleteFileFromList(regPackageName, sharedfilebuf);
-        status = VR_UninstallEnumSharedFiles( regPackageName, &state, sharedfilebuf, MAXREGPATHLEN );
-    }
-
-    err = VR_UninstallDeleteSharedFilesKey(regPackageName);
-    err = VR_UninstallDestroy(regPackageName);
-    return err;
-}
-
-REGERR su_UninstallProcessItem(char *component_path)
-{
-    int refcount;
-    int err;
-    char filepath[MAXREGPATHLEN];
-
-    err = VR_GetPath(component_path, sizeof(filepath), filepath);
-    if ( err == REGERR_OK )
-    {
-        err = VR_GetRefCount(component_path, &refcount);  
-        if ( err == REGERR_OK )
-        {
-            --refcount;
-            if (refcount > 0)
-                err = VR_SetRefCount(component_path, refcount);  
-            else 
-            {
-                err = VR_Remove(component_path);
-                DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec(filepath));
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* delete node and file */
-            err = VR_Remove(component_path);
-            DeleteFileNowOrSchedule(nsFileSpec(filepath));
-        }
-    }
-    return err;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallUninstall.h

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
-/*
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, 
- * released March 31, 1998. 
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications 
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are 
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- *
- * Contributors:
- *     Daniel Veditz <dveditz@netscape.com>
- *     Douglas Turner <dougt@netscape.com>
- */
-
-
-#ifndef nsInstallUninstall_h__
-#define nsInstallUninstall_h__
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsInstallObject.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-
-class nsInstallUninstall : public nsInstallObject 
-{
-    public:
-          
-        nsInstallUninstall( nsInstall* inInstall,
-                            const nsString& regName,
-                            PRInt32 *error);
-
-
-        virtual ~nsInstallUninstall();
-
-        PRInt32 Prepare();
-        PRInt32 Complete();
-        void  Abort();
-        char* toString();
-
-        PRBool CanUninstall();
-        PRBool RegisterPackageNode();
-	  
-  
-    private:
-          
-        nsString mRegName;        // Registry name of package
-        nsString mUIName;         // User name of package
-
-        
-};
-
-#endif /* nsInstallUninstall_h__ */

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallVersion.cpp

@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
- * basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.  See
- * the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
- * under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
- * Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are Copyright (C) 1998
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-
-#include "nsInstallVersion.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIScriptGlobalObject.h"
-
-#include "prprf.h"
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIFactoryIID, NS_IFACTORY_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, NS_ISCRIPTOBJECTOWNER_IID);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIInstallVersion_IID, NS_IDOMINSTALLVERSION_IID);
-
-
-nsInstallVersion::nsInstallVersion()
-{
-    mScriptObject   = nsnull;
-    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsInstallVersion::~nsInstallVersion()
-{
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallVersion::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID,void** aInstancePtr)
-{
-    if (aInstancePtr == NULL)
-    {
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    // Always NULL result, in case of failure
-    *aInstancePtr = NULL;
-
-    if ( aIID.Equals(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID))
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIScriptObjectOwner*)this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-    else if ( aIID.Equals(kIInstallVersion_IID) )
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIDOMInstallVersion*)this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-    else if ( aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID) )
-    {
-        *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)(nsIScriptObjectOwner*)this;
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-     return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsInstallVersion)
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsInstallVersion)
-
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallVersion::GetScriptObject(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void** aScriptObject)
-{
-    NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aScriptObject, "null arg");
-    nsresult res = NS_OK;
-    
-    if (nsnull == mScriptObject) 
-    {
-        res = NS_NewScriptInstallVersion(aContext, 
-                                         (nsISupports *)(nsIDOMInstallVersion*)this, 
-                                         nsnull, 
-                                         &mScriptObject);
-    }
-  
-
-    *aScriptObject = mScriptObject;
-    return res;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsInstallVersion::SetScriptObject(void *aScriptObject)
-{
-  mScriptObject = aScriptObject;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//  this will go away when our constructors can have parameters.
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::Init(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild)
-{
-    major   = aMajor;
-    minor   = aMinor;
-    release = aRelease;
-    build   = aBuild;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::Init(const nsString& version)
-{
-    PRInt32 errorCode;
-    PRInt32 aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild;
-
-    major = minor = release = build = 0;
-    
-    errorCode = nsInstallVersion::StringToVersionNumbers(version, &aMajor, &aMinor, &aRelease, &aBuild);    
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(errorCode)) 
-    {
-        Init(aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild);
-    }
-    
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::GetMajor(PRInt32* aMajor)
-{
-    *aMajor = major;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::SetMajor(PRInt32 aMajor)
-{
-    major = aMajor;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::GetMinor(PRInt32* aMinor)
-{
-    *aMinor = minor;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::SetMinor(PRInt32 aMinor)
-{
-    minor = aMinor;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::GetRelease(PRInt32* aRelease)
-{
-    *aRelease = release;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::SetRelease(PRInt32 aRelease)
-{
-    release = aRelease;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::GetBuild(PRInt32* aBuild)
-{
-    *aBuild = build;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::SetBuild(PRInt32 aBuild)
-{
-    build = aBuild;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::CompareTo(nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    PRInt32 aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild;
-    
-    aVersion->GetMajor(&aMajor);
-    aVersion->GetMinor(&aMinor);
-    aVersion->GetRelease(&aRelease);
-    aVersion->GetBuild(&aBuild);
-
-    CompareTo(aMajor, aMinor, aRelease, aBuild, aReturn);
-    
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::CompareTo(const nsString& aAString, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::CompareTo(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn)
-{
-    int diff;
-    
-    if ( major == aMajor ) 
-    {
-        if ( minor == aMinor ) 
-        {
-            if ( release == aRelease ) 
-            {
-                if ( build == aBuild )
-                    diff = EQUAL;
-                else if ( build > aBuild )
-                    diff = BLD_DIFF;
-                else
-                    diff = BLD_DIFF_MINUS;
-            }
-            else if ( release > aRelease )
-                diff = REL_DIFF;
-            else
-                diff = REL_DIFF_MINUS;
-        }
-        else if (  minor > aMinor )
-            diff = MINOR_DIFF;
-        else
-            diff = MINOR_DIFF_MINUS;
-    }
-    else if ( major > aMajor )
-        diff = MAJOR_DIFF;
-    else
-        diff = MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS;
-
-    *aReturn = diff;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP    
-nsInstallVersion::ToString(nsString& aReturn)
-{
-    char *result=NULL;
-    result = PR_sprintf_append(result, "%d.%d.%d.%d", major, minor, release, build);
-    
-    aReturn = result;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-nsresult
-nsInstallVersion::StringToVersionNumbers(const nsString& version, PRInt32 *aMajor, PRInt32 *aMinor, PRInt32 *aRelease, PRInt32 *aBuild)    
-{
-    PRInt32 errorCode;
-
-    int dot = version.Find('.', 0);
-    
-    if ( dot == -1 ) 
-    {
-        *aMajor = version.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-    }
-    else  
-    {
-        nsString majorStr;
-        version.Mid(majorStr, 0, dot);
-        *aMajor  = majorStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-
-        int prev = dot+1;
-        dot = version.Find('.',prev);
-        if ( dot == -1 ) 
-        {
-            nsString minorStr;
-            version.Mid(minorStr, prev, version.Length() - prev);
-            *aMinor = minorStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-        }
-        else 
-        {
-            nsString minorStr;
-            version.Mid(minorStr, prev, dot - prev);
-            *aMinor = minorStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-
-            prev = dot+1;
-            dot = version.Find('.',prev);
-            if ( dot == -1 ) 
-            {
-                nsString releaseStr;
-                version.Mid(releaseStr, prev, version.Length() - prev);
-                *aRelease = releaseStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-            }
-            else 
-            {
-                nsString releaseStr;
-                version.Mid(releaseStr, prev, dot - prev);
-                *aRelease = releaseStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-    
-                prev = dot+1;
-                if ( version.Length() > dot ) 
-                {
-                    nsString buildStr;
-                    version.Mid(buildStr, prev, version.Length() - prev);
-                    *aBuild = buildStr.ToInteger(&errorCode);
-               }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return errorCode;
-}
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// 
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-nsInstallVersionFactory::nsInstallVersionFactory(void)
-{
-    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsInstallVersionFactory::~nsInstallVersionFactory(void)
-{
-    NS_ASSERTION(mRefCnt == 0, "non-zero refcnt at destruction");
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallVersionFactory::QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void **aResult)
-{
-    if (! aResult)
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    // Always NULL result, in case of failure
-    *aResult = nsnull;
-
-    if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
-        *aResult = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsISupports*, this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    } else if (aIID.Equals(kIFactoryIID)) {
-        *aResult = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFactory*, this);
-        AddRef();
-        return NS_OK;
-    }
-    return NS_NOINTERFACE;
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsInstallVersionFactory);
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsInstallVersionFactory);
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallVersionFactory::CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
-{
-    if (aResult == NULL)
-    {
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-    }
-
-    *aResult = NULL;
-
-    /* do I have to use iSupports? */
-    nsInstallVersion *inst = new nsInstallVersion();
-
-    if (inst == NULL)
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-
-    nsresult result =  inst->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
-
-    if (NS_FAILED(result)) 
-        delete inst;
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP
-nsInstallVersionFactory::LockFactory(PRBool aLock)
-{
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsInstallVersion.h

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __NS_INSTALLVERSION_H__
-#define __NS_INSTALLVERSION_H__
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIFactory.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIScriptObjectOwner.h"
-
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-#include "nsSoftwareUpdate.h"
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-
-class nsInstallVersion: public nsIScriptObjectOwner, public nsIDOMInstallVersion
-{
-    public:
-        static const nsIID& IID() { static nsIID iid = NS_SoftwareUpdateInstallVersion_CID; return iid; }
-
-        nsInstallVersion();
-        virtual ~nsInstallVersion();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetScriptObject(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void** aScriptObject);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetScriptObject(void* aScriptObject);
-        
-        NS_IMETHOD    Init(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild);
-        NS_IMETHOD    Init(const nsString& aVersionString);
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetMajor(PRInt32* aMajor);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetMajor(PRInt32 aMajor);
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetMinor(PRInt32* aMinor);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetMinor(PRInt32 aMinor);
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetRelease(PRInt32* aRelease);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetRelease(PRInt32 aRelease);
-
-        NS_IMETHOD    GetBuild(PRInt32* aBuild);
-        NS_IMETHOD    SetBuild(PRInt32 aBuild);
-        
-        NS_IMETHOD    ToString(nsString& aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(nsIDOMInstallVersion* aVersion, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(const nsString& aString, PRInt32* aReturn);
-        NS_IMETHOD    CompareTo(PRInt32 aMajor, PRInt32 aMinor, PRInt32 aRelease, PRInt32 aBuild, PRInt32* aReturn);
-
-        static nsresult StringToVersionNumbers(const nsString& version, PRInt32 *aMajor, PRInt32 *aMinor, PRInt32 *aRelease, PRInt32 *aBuild);
-
-    private:
-        void *mScriptObject;
-        PRInt32 major;
-        PRInt32 minor;
-        PRInt32 release;
-        PRInt32 build;
-};
-
-
-class nsInstallVersionFactory : public nsIFactory 
-{
-    public:
-        
-        nsInstallVersionFactory();
-        virtual ~nsInstallVersionFactory();
-        
-        NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-              NS_IMETHOD CreateInstance(nsISupports *aOuter,
-                                        REFNSIID aIID,
-                                        void **aResult);
-
-              NS_IMETHOD LockFactory(PRBool aLock);
-
-};
-
-#endif

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsJSInstallTriggerGlobal.cpp

@@ -1,665 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-/* AUTO-GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT!!! */
-
-#include "jsapi.h"
-#include "nsJSUtils.h"
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIScriptContext.h"
-#include "nsIJSScriptObject.h"
-#include "nsIScriptObjectOwner.h"
-#include "nsIScriptGlobalObject.h"
-#include "nsIPtr.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal.h"
-
-extern void ConvertJSValToStr(nsString&  aString,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval      aValue);
-
-extern void ConvertStrToJSVal(const nsString& aProp,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval* aReturn);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToBool(PRBool* aProp,
-                                JSContext* aContext,
-                                jsval aValue);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToObj(nsISupports** aSupports,
-                               REFNSIID aIID,
-                               const nsString& aTypeName,
-                               JSContext* aContext,
-                               jsval aValue);
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, NS_ISCRIPTOBJECTOWNER_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIJSScriptObjectIID, NS_IJSSCRIPTOBJECT_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptGlobalObjectIID, NS_ISCRIPTGLOBALOBJECT_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIInstallTriggerGlobalIID, NS_IDOMINSTALLTRIGGERGLOBAL_IID);
-
-NS_DEF_PTR(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal);
-
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal Properties Getter
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-GetInstallTriggerGlobalProperty(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id, jsval *vp)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *a = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == a) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (JSVAL_IS_INT(id)) {
-    switch(JSVAL_TO_INT(id)) {
-      case 0:
-      default:
-        return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectGetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectGetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal Properties Setter
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-SetInstallTriggerGlobalProperty(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id, jsval *vp)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *a = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == a) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (JSVAL_IS_INT(id)) {
-    switch(JSVAL_TO_INT(id)) {
-      case 0:
-      default:
-        return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectSetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectSetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal finalizer
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void)
-FinalizeInstallTriggerGlobal(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj)
-{
-  nsJSUtils::nsGenericFinalize(cx, obj);
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal enumerate
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-EnumerateInstallTriggerGlobal(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj)
-{
-  return nsJSUtils::nsGenericEnumerate(cx, obj);
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal resolve
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-ResolveInstallTriggerGlobal(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id)
-{
-  return nsJSUtils::nsGenericResolve(cx, obj, id);
-}
-
-//
-// Native method UpdateEnabled
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallTriggerGlobalUpdateEnabled(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  PRBool nativeRet;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (argc >= 0) {
-
-    if (NS_OK != nativeThis->UpdateEnabled(&nativeRet)) {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = BOOLEAN_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function UpdateEnabled requires 0 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method StartSoftwareUpdate
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallTriggerGlobalStartSoftwareUpdate(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool       rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  PRInt32      nativeRet;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-  PRInt32      b1;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (argc >= 2)
-  {
-    //  public int StartSoftwareUpdate(String url,
-    //                                 int flag);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[1], (int32 *)&b1))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "2nd parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if(NS_OK != nativeThis->StartSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, &nativeRet))
-    {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else if(argc >= 1)
-  {
-    //  public int StartSoftwareUpdate(String url);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-
-    if(NS_OK != nativeThis->StartSoftwareUpdate(b0, &nativeRet))
-    {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function StartSoftwareUpdate requires 2 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method ConditionalSoftwareUpdate
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallTriggerGlobalConditionalSoftwareUpdate(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  PRInt32 nativeRet;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-  nsAutoString b1;
-  nsAutoString b2str;
-  PRInt32      b2int;
-  nsAutoString b3str;
-  PRInt32      b3int;
-  PRInt32      b4;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if(argc >= 5)
-  {
-    //  public int ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(String url,
-    //                                       String registryName,
-    //                                       int    diffLevel,
-    //                                       String version, --OR-- VersionInfo version
-    //                                       int    mode);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b1, cx, argv[1]);
-
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[2], (int32 *)&b2int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "3rd parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[4], (int32 *)&b4))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "5th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    
-    if(JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(argv[3]))
-    {
-        JSObject* jsobj = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(argv[3]);
-        JSClass* jsclass = JS_GetClass(cx, jsobj);
-        if((nsnull != jsclass) && (jsclass->flags & JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE)) 
-        {
-          nsIDOMInstallVersion* version = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, jsobj);
-
-          if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, b2int, version, b4, &nativeRet))
-          {
-                return JS_FALSE;
-          }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ConvertJSValToStr(b3str, cx, argv[3]);
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, b2int, b3str, b4, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else if(argc >= 4)
-  {
-    //  public int ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(String url,
-    //                                       String registryName,
-    //                                       String version,  --OR-- VersionInfo version
-    //                                       int    mode);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b1, cx, argv[1]);
-
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[3], (int32 *)&b3int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "4th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if(JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(argv[2]))
-    {
-        JSObject* jsobj = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(argv[2]);
-        JSClass* jsclass = JS_GetClass(cx, jsobj);
-        if((nsnull != jsclass) && (jsclass->flags & JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE)) 
-        {
-          nsIDOMInstallVersion* version = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, jsobj);
-
-          if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, version, b3int, &nativeRet))
-          {
-                return JS_FALSE;
-          }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ConvertJSValToStr(b2str, cx, argv[2]);
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, b2str, b3int, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-        
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else if(argc >= 3)
-  {
-    //  public int ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(String url,
-    //                                       String registryName,
-    //                                       String version);  --OR-- VersionInfo version
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b1, cx, argv[1]);
-
-    if(JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(argv[2]))
-    {
-        JSObject* jsobj = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(argv[2]);
-        JSClass* jsclass = JS_GetClass(cx, jsobj);
-        if((nsnull != jsclass) && (jsclass->flags & JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE)) 
-        {
-          nsIDOMInstallVersion* version = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, jsobj);
-
-          if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, version, &nativeRet))
-          {
-                return JS_FALSE;
-          }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ConvertJSValToStr(b2str, cx, argv[2]);
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->ConditionalSoftwareUpdate(b0, b1, b2str, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-        
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function ConditionalSoftwareUpdate requires 5 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method CompareVersion
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallTriggerGlobalCompareVersion(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  PRInt32 nativeRet;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-  nsAutoString b1str;
-  PRInt32      b1int;
-  PRInt32      b2int;
-  PRInt32      b3int;
-  PRInt32      b4int;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if(argc >= 5)
-  {
-    //  public int CompareVersion(String registryName,
-    //                            int    major,
-    //                            int    minor,
-    //                            int    release,
-    //                            int    build);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[1], (int32 *)&b1int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "2th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[2], (int32 *)&b2int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "3th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[3], (int32 *)&b3int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "4th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    if(!JS_ValueToInt32(cx, argv[4], (int32 *)&b4int))
-    {
-      JS_ReportError(cx, "5th parameter must be a number");
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareVersion(b0, b1int, b2int, b3int, b4int, &nativeRet))
-    {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else if(argc >= 2)
-  {
-    //  public int CompareVersion(String registryName,
-    //                            String version); --OR-- VersionInfo version
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-
-    if(JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(argv[1]))
-    {
-        JSObject* jsobj = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(argv[1]);
-        JSClass* jsclass = JS_GetClass(cx, jsobj);
-        if((nsnull != jsclass) && (jsclass->flags & JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE)) 
-        {
-          nsIDOMInstallVersion* version = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, jsobj);
-
-          if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareVersion(b0, version, &nativeRet))
-          {
-                return JS_FALSE;
-          }
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ConvertJSValToStr(b1str, cx, argv[1]);
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareVersion(b0, b1str, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function CompareVersion requires 5 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// class for InstallTriggerGlobal
-//
-JSClass InstallTriggerGlobalClass = {
-  "InstallTriggerGlobal", 
-  JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  GetInstallTriggerGlobalProperty,
-  SetInstallTriggerGlobalProperty,
-  EnumerateInstallTriggerGlobal,
-  ResolveInstallTriggerGlobal,
-  JS_ConvertStub,
-  FinalizeInstallTriggerGlobal
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal class properties
-//
-static JSPropertySpec InstallTriggerGlobalProperties[] =
-{
-  {0}
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal class methods
-//
-static JSFunctionSpec InstallTriggerGlobalMethods[] = 
-{
-  {"UpdateEnabled",          InstallTriggerGlobalUpdateEnabled,     0},
-  {"StartSoftwareUpdate",          InstallTriggerGlobalStartSoftwareUpdate,     2},
-  {"ConditionalSoftwareUpdate",          InstallTriggerGlobalConditionalSoftwareUpdate,     5},
-  {"CompareVersion",          InstallTriggerGlobalCompareVersion,     5},
-  {0}
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal constructor
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallTriggerGlobal(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  return JS_FALSE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallTriggerGlobal class initialization
-//
-nsresult NS_InitInstallTriggerGlobalClass(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void **aPrototype)
-{
-  JSContext *jscontext = (JSContext *)aContext->GetNativeContext();
-  JSObject *proto = nsnull;
-  JSObject *constructor = nsnull;
-  JSObject *parent_proto = nsnull;
-  JSObject *global = JS_GetGlobalObject(jscontext);
-  jsval vp;
-
-  if ((PR_TRUE != JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, global, "InstallTriggerGlobal", &vp)) ||
-      !JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp) ||
-      ((constructor = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp)) == nsnull) ||
-      (PR_TRUE != JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp), "prototype", &vp)) || 
-      !JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp)) {
-
-    proto = JS_InitClass(jscontext,     // context
-                         global,        // global object
-                         parent_proto,  // parent proto 
-                         &InstallTriggerGlobalClass,      // JSClass
-                         InstallTriggerGlobal,            // JSNative ctor
-                         0,             // ctor args
-                         InstallTriggerGlobalProperties,  // proto props
-                         InstallTriggerGlobalMethods,     // proto funcs
-                         nsnull,        // ctor props (static)
-                         nsnull);       // ctor funcs (static)
-    if (nsnull == proto) {
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    if ((PR_TRUE == JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, global, "InstallTriggerGlobal", &vp)) &&
-        JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp) &&
-        ((constructor = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp)) != nsnull)) {
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal::MAJOR_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MAJOR_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal::MINOR_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MINOR_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal::REL_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "REL_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal::BLD_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "BLD_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal::EQUAL);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "EQUAL", &vp);
-
-    }
-
-  }
-  else if ((nsnull != constructor) && JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp)) {
-    proto = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp);
-  }
-  else {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if (aPrototype) {
-    *aPrototype = proto;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Method for creating a new InstallTriggerGlobal JavaScript object
-//
-extern "C" NS_DOM nsresult NS_NewScriptInstallTriggerGlobal(nsIScriptContext *aContext, nsISupports *aSupports, nsISupports *aParent, void **aReturn)
-{
-  NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aContext && nsnull != aSupports && nsnull != aReturn, "null argument to NS_NewScriptInstallTriggerGlobal");
-  JSObject *proto;
-  JSObject *parent;
-  nsIScriptObjectOwner *owner;
-  JSContext *jscontext = (JSContext *)aContext->GetNativeContext();
-  nsresult result = NS_OK;
-  nsIDOMInstallTriggerGlobal *aInstallTriggerGlobal;
-
-  if (nsnull == aParent) {
-    parent = nsnull;
-  }
-  else if (NS_OK == aParent->QueryInterface(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, (void**)&owner)) {
-    if (NS_OK != owner->GetScriptObject(aContext, (void **)&parent)) {
-      NS_RELEASE(owner);
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    }
-    NS_RELEASE(owner);
-  }
-  else {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if (NS_OK != NS_InitInstallTriggerGlobalClass(aContext, (void **)&proto)) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  result = aSupports->QueryInterface(kIInstallTriggerGlobalIID, (void **)&aInstallTriggerGlobal);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    return result;
-  }
-
-  // create a js object for this class
-  *aReturn = JS_NewObject(jscontext, &InstallTriggerGlobalClass, proto, parent);
-  if (nsnull != *aReturn) {
-    // connect the native object to the js object
-    JS_SetPrivate(jscontext, (JSObject *)*aReturn, aInstallTriggerGlobal);
-  }
-  else {
-    NS_RELEASE(aInstallTriggerGlobal);
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; 
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsJSInstallVersion.cpp

@@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-/* AUTO-GENERATED. DO NOT EDIT!!! */
-
-#include "jsapi.h"
-#include "nsJSUtils.h"
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIScriptContext.h"
-#include "nsIJSScriptObject.h"
-#include "nsIScriptObjectOwner.h"
-#include "nsIScriptGlobalObject.h"
-#include "nsIPtr.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsIDOMInstallVersion.h"
-#include "nsIScriptNameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsRepository.h"
-#include "nsDOMCID.h"
-
-extern void ConvertJSValToStr(nsString&  aString,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval      aValue);
-
-extern void ConvertStrToJSVal(const nsString& aProp,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval* aReturn);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToBool(PRBool* aProp,
-                                JSContext* aContext,
-                                jsval aValue);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToObj(nsISupports** aSupports,
-                               REFNSIID aIID,
-                               const nsString& aTypeName,
-                               JSContext* aContext,
-                               jsval aValue);
-
-void ConvertJSvalToVersionString(nsString& versionString, JSContext* cx, jsval* argument);
-
-
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, NS_ISCRIPTOBJECTOWNER_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIJSScriptObjectIID, NS_IJSSCRIPTOBJECT_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIScriptGlobalObjectIID, NS_ISCRIPTGLOBALOBJECT_IID);
-static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIInstallVersionIID, NS_IDOMINSTALLVERSION_IID);
-
-NS_DEF_PTR(nsIDOMInstallVersion);
-
-//
-// InstallVersion property ids
-//
-enum InstallVersion_slots {
-  INSTALLVERSION_MAJOR = -1,
-  INSTALLVERSION_MINOR = -2,
-  INSTALLVERSION_RELEASE = -3,
-  INSTALLVERSION_BUILD = -4
-};
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// InstallVersion Properties Getter
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-GetInstallVersionProperty(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id, jsval *vp)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *a = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == a) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (JSVAL_IS_INT(id)) {
-    switch(JSVAL_TO_INT(id)) {
-      case INSTALLVERSION_MAJOR:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        if (NS_OK == a->GetMajor(&prop)) {
-          *vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(prop);
-        }
-        else {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_MINOR:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        if (NS_OK == a->GetMinor(&prop)) {
-          *vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(prop);
-        }
-        else {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_RELEASE:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        if (NS_OK == a->GetRelease(&prop)) {
-          *vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(prop);
-        }
-        else {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_BUILD:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        if (NS_OK == a->GetBuild(&prop)) {
-          *vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(prop);
-        }
-        else {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      default:
-        return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectGetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectGetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// InstallVersion Properties Setter
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-SetInstallVersionProperty(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id, jsval *vp)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *a = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == a) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (JSVAL_IS_INT(id)) {
-    switch(JSVAL_TO_INT(id)) {
-      case INSTALLVERSION_MAJOR:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        int32 temp;
-        if (JSVAL_IS_NUMBER(*vp) && JS_ValueToInt32(cx, *vp, &temp)) {
-          prop = (PRInt32)temp;
-        }
-        else {
-          JS_ReportError(cx, "Parameter must be a number");
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-      
-        a->SetMajor(prop);
-        
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_MINOR:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        int32 temp;
-        if (JSVAL_IS_NUMBER(*vp) && JS_ValueToInt32(cx, *vp, &temp)) {
-          prop = (PRInt32)temp;
-        }
-        else {
-          JS_ReportError(cx, "Parameter must be a number");
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-      
-        a->SetMinor(prop);
-        
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_RELEASE:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        int32 temp;
-        if (JSVAL_IS_NUMBER(*vp) && JS_ValueToInt32(cx, *vp, &temp)) {
-          prop = (PRInt32)temp;
-        }
-        else {
-          JS_ReportError(cx, "Parameter must be a number");
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-      
-        a->SetRelease(prop);
-        
-        break;
-      }
-      case INSTALLVERSION_BUILD:
-      {
-        PRInt32 prop;
-        int32 temp;
-        if (JSVAL_IS_NUMBER(*vp) && JS_ValueToInt32(cx, *vp, &temp)) {
-          prop = (PRInt32)temp;
-        }
-        else {
-          JS_ReportError(cx, "Parameter must be a number");
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-      
-        a->SetBuild(prop);
-        
-        break;
-      }
-      default:
-        return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectSetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-    }
-  }
-  else {
-    return nsJSUtils::nsCallJSScriptObjectSetProperty(a, cx, id, vp);
-  }
-
-  return PR_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion finalizer
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(void)
-FinalizeInstallVersion(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj)
-{
-  nsJSUtils::nsGenericFinalize(cx, obj);
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion enumerate
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-EnumerateInstallVersion(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj)
-{
-  return nsJSUtils::nsGenericEnumerate(cx, obj);
-}
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion resolve
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-ResolveInstallVersion(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, jsval id)
-{
-  return nsJSUtils::nsGenericResolve(cx, obj, id);
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method Init
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallVersionInit(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (argc >= 1) {
-
-    nsJSUtils::nsConvertJSValToString(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-
-    if (NS_OK != nativeThis->Init(b0)) {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = JSVAL_VOID;
-  }
-  else {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function init requires 1 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method ToString
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallVersionToString(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  nsAutoString nativeRet;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if (argc >= 0) {
-
-    if (NS_OK != nativeThis->ToString(nativeRet)) {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    nsJSUtils::nsConvertStringToJSVal(nativeRet, cx, rval);
-  }
-  else {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function toString requires 0 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Native method CompareTo
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallVersionCompareTo(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *nativeThis = (nsIDOMInstallVersion*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  JSBool                  rBool = JS_FALSE;
-  PRInt32                 nativeRet;
-  nsString                b0str;
-  PRInt32                 b0int;
-  PRInt32                 b1int;
-  PRInt32                 b2int;
-  PRInt32                 b3int;
-  nsIDOMInstallVersionPtr versionObj;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if (nsnull == nativeThis) {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if(argc >= 4)
-  {
-    //  public int CompareTo(int    major,
-    //                       int    minor,
-    //                       int    release,
-    //                       int    build);
-
-    if(!JSVAL_IS_INT(argv[0]))
-    {
-        JS_ReportError(cx, "1st parameter must be a number");
-        return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    else if(!JSVAL_IS_INT(argv[1]))
-    {
-        JS_ReportError(cx, "2nd parameter must be a number");
-        return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    else if(!JSVAL_IS_INT(argv[2]))
-    {
-        JS_ReportError(cx, "3rd parameter must be a number");
-        return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-    else if(!JSVAL_IS_INT(argv[3]))
-    {
-        JS_ReportError(cx, "4th parameter must be a number");
-        return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    b0int = JSVAL_TO_INT(argv[0]);
-    b1int = JSVAL_TO_INT(argv[1]);
-    b2int = JSVAL_TO_INT(argv[2]);
-    b3int = JSVAL_TO_INT(argv[3]);
-
-    if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareTo(b0int, b1int, b2int, b3int, &nativeRet))
-    {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else if(argc >= 1)
-  {
-     //   public int AddDirectory(String version);  --OR--  VersionInfo version
-
-    if(JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(argv[0]))
-    {
-        if(JS_FALSE == ConvertJSValToObj((nsISupports **)&versionObj,
-                                         kIInstallVersionIID,
-                                         "InstallVersion",
-                                         cx,
-                                         argv[0]))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareTo(versionObj, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ConvertJSValToStr(b0str, cx, argv[0]);
-
-        if(NS_OK != nativeThis->CompareTo(b0str, &nativeRet))
-        {
-          return JS_FALSE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "Function compareTo requires 4 parameters");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// class for InstallVersion
-//
-JSClass InstallVersionClass = {
-  "InstallVersion", 
-  JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  GetInstallVersionProperty,
-  SetInstallVersionProperty,
-  EnumerateInstallVersion,
-  ResolveInstallVersion,
-  JS_ConvertStub,
-  FinalizeInstallVersion
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion class properties
-//
-static JSPropertySpec InstallVersionProperties[] =
-{
-  {"major",    INSTALLVERSION_MAJOR,    JSPROP_ENUMERATE},
-  {"minor",    INSTALLVERSION_MINOR,    JSPROP_ENUMERATE},
-  {"release",    INSTALLVERSION_RELEASE,    JSPROP_ENUMERATE},
-  {"build",    INSTALLVERSION_BUILD,    JSPROP_ENUMERATE},
-  {0}
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion class methods
-//
-static JSFunctionSpec InstallVersionMethods[] = 
-{
-  {"init",          InstallVersionInit,     1},
-  {"toString",          InstallVersionToString,     0},
-  {"compareTo",          InstallVersionCompareTo,     1},
-  {0}
-};
-
-
-//
-// InstallVersion constructor
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-InstallVersion(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsresult result;
-  nsIID classID;
-  nsIScriptContext* context = (nsIScriptContext*)JS_GetContextPrivate(cx);
-  nsIScriptNameSpaceManager* manager;
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *nativeThis;
-  nsIScriptObjectOwner *owner = nsnull;
-
-  static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIDOMInstallVersionIID, NS_IDOMINSTALLVERSION_IID);
-
-  result = context->GetNameSpaceManager(&manager);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  result = manager->LookupName("InstallVersion", PR_TRUE, classID);
-  NS_RELEASE(manager);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  result = nsRepository::CreateInstance(classID,
-                                        nsnull,
-                                        kIDOMInstallVersionIID,
-                                        (void **)&nativeThis);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  // XXX We should be calling Init() on the instance
-
-  result = nativeThis->QueryInterface(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, (void **)&owner);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    NS_RELEASE(nativeThis);
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  owner->SetScriptObject((void *)obj);
-  JS_SetPrivate(cx, obj, nativeThis);
-
-  NS_RELEASE(owner);
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-//
-// InstallVersion class initialization
-//
-nsresult NS_InitInstallVersionClass(nsIScriptContext *aContext, void **aPrototype)
-{
-  JSContext *jscontext = (JSContext *)aContext->GetNativeContext();
-  JSObject *proto = nsnull;
-  JSObject *constructor = nsnull;
-  JSObject *parent_proto = nsnull;
-  JSObject *global = JS_GetGlobalObject(jscontext);
-  jsval vp;
-
-  if ((PR_TRUE != JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, global, "InstallVersion", &vp)) ||
-      !JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp) ||
-      ((constructor = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp)) == nsnull) ||
-      (PR_TRUE != JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp), "prototype", &vp)) || 
-      !JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp)) {
-
-    proto = JS_InitClass(jscontext,     // context
-                         global,        // global object
-                         parent_proto,  // parent proto 
-                         &InstallVersionClass,      // JSClass
-                         InstallVersion,            // JSNative ctor
-                         0,             // ctor args
-                         InstallVersionProperties,  // proto props
-                         InstallVersionMethods,     // proto funcs
-                         nsnull,        // ctor props (static)
-                         nsnull);       // ctor funcs (static)
-    if (nsnull == proto) {
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    }
-
-    if ((PR_TRUE == JS_LookupProperty(jscontext, global, "InstallVersion", &vp)) &&
-        JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp) &&
-        ((constructor = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp)) != nsnull)) {
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::EQUAL);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "EQUAL", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::BLD_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "BLD_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::BLD_DIFF_MINUS);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "BLD_DIFF_MINUS", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::REL_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "REL_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::REL_DIFF_MINUS);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "REL_DIFF_MINUS", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::MINOR_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MINOR_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::MINOR_DIFF_MINUS);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MINOR_DIFF_MINUS", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::MAJOR_DIFF);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MAJOR_DIFF", &vp);
-
-      vp = INT_TO_JSVAL(nsIDOMInstallVersion::MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS);
-      JS_SetProperty(jscontext, constructor, "MAJOR_DIFF_MINUS", &vp);
-
-    }
-
-  }
-  else if ((nsnull != constructor) && JSVAL_IS_OBJECT(vp)) {
-    proto = JSVAL_TO_OBJECT(vp);
-  }
-  else {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if (aPrototype) {
-    *aPrototype = proto;
-  }
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//
-// Method for creating a new InstallVersion JavaScript object
-//
-extern "C" NS_DOM nsresult NS_NewScriptInstallVersion(nsIScriptContext *aContext, nsISupports *aSupports, nsISupports *aParent, void **aReturn)
-{
-  NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aContext && nsnull != aSupports && nsnull != aReturn, "null argument to NS_NewScriptInstallVersion");
-  JSObject *proto;
-  JSObject *parent;
-  nsIScriptObjectOwner *owner;
-  JSContext *jscontext = (JSContext *)aContext->GetNativeContext();
-  nsresult result = NS_OK;
-  nsIDOMInstallVersion *aInstallVersion;
-
-  if (nsnull == aParent) {
-    parent = nsnull;
-  }
-  else if (NS_OK == aParent->QueryInterface(kIScriptObjectOwnerIID, (void**)&owner)) {
-    if (NS_OK != owner->GetScriptObject(aContext, (void **)&parent)) {
-      NS_RELEASE(owner);
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-    }
-    NS_RELEASE(owner);
-  }
-  else {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if (NS_OK != NS_InitInstallVersionClass(aContext, (void **)&proto)) {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  result = aSupports->QueryInterface(kIInstallVersionIID, (void **)&aInstallVersion);
-  if (NS_OK != result) {
-    return result;
-  }
-
-  // create a js object for this class
-  *aReturn = JS_NewObject(jscontext, &InstallVersionClass, proto, parent);
-  if (nsnull != *aReturn) {
-    // connect the native object to the js object
-    JS_SetPrivate(jscontext, (JSObject *)*aReturn, aInstallVersion);
-  }
-  else {
-    NS_RELEASE(aInstallVersion);
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; 
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsJSWinProfile.cpp

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#include "jsapi.h"
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsIScriptContext.h"
-
-#include "nsString.h"
-#include "nsInstall.h"
-#include "nsWinProfile.h"
-#include "nsJSWinProfile.h"
-
-extern void ConvertJSValToStr(nsString&  aString,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval      aValue);
-
-extern void ConvertStrToJSVal(const nsString& aProp,
-                             JSContext* aContext,
-                             jsval* aReturn);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToBool(PRBool* aProp,
-                                JSContext* aContext,
-                                jsval aValue);
-
-extern PRBool ConvertJSValToObj(nsISupports** aSupports,
-                               REFNSIID aIID,
-                               const nsString& aTypeName,
-                               JSContext* aContext,
-                               jsval aValue);
-
-
-static void PR_CALLBACK WinProfileCleanup(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj)
-{
-    nsWinProfile *nativeThis = (nsWinProfile*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-    delete nativeThis;
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************************/
-// Native mothods for WinProfile functions
-
-//
-// Native method GetString
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-WinProfileGetString(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsWinProfile *nativeThis = (nsWinProfile*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  nsString     nativeRet;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-  nsAutoString b1;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if(nsnull == nativeThis)
-  {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if(argc >= 2)                             
-  {
-    //  public int getString ( String section,
-    //                         String key);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b1, cx, argv[1]);
-
-    nativeThis->getString(b0, b1, &nativeRet);
-
-    ConvertStrToJSVal(nativeRet, cx, rval);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "WinProfile.getString() parameters error");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-//
-// Native method WriteString
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-WinProfileWriteString(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  nsWinProfile *nativeThis = (nsWinProfile*)JS_GetPrivate(cx, obj);
-  PRInt32 nativeRet;
-  nsAutoString b0;
-  nsAutoString b1;
-  nsAutoString b2;
-
-  *rval = JSVAL_NULL;
-
-  // If there's no private data, this must be the prototype, so ignore
-  if(nsnull == nativeThis)
-  {
-    return JS_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  if(argc >= 3)
-  {
-    //  public int writeString ( String section,
-    //                           String key,
-    //                           String value);
-
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b0, cx, argv[0]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b1, cx, argv[1]);
-    ConvertJSValToStr(b2, cx, argv[2]);
-
-    if(NS_OK != nativeThis->writeString(b0, b1, b2, &nativeRet))
-    {
-      return JS_FALSE;
-    }
-
-    *rval = INT_TO_JSVAL(nativeRet);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    JS_ReportError(cx, "WinProfile.writeString() parameters error");
-    return JS_FALSE;
-  }
-
-  return JS_TRUE;
-}
-
-//
-// WinProfile constructor
-//
-PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(JSBool)
-WinProfile(JSContext *cx, JSObject *obj, uintN argc, jsval *argv, jsval *rval)
-{
-  return JS_FALSE;
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************/
-//
-// class for WinProfile
-//
-JSClass WinProfileClass = {
-  "WinProfile",
-  JSCLASS_HAS_PRIVATE,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_PropertyStub,
-  JS_EnumerateStub,
-  JS_ResolveStub,
-  JS_ConvertStub,
-  WinProfileCleanup
-};
-
-
-static JSConstDoubleSpec winprofile_constants[] = 
-{
-    {0}
-};
-
-//
-// WinProfile class methods
-//
-static JSFunctionSpec WinProfileMethods[] = 
-{
-  {"getString",                  WinProfileGetString,                 2},
-  {"writeString",                WinProfileWriteString,               3},
-  {0}
-};
-
-PRInt32
-InitWinProfilePrototype(JSContext *jscontext, JSObject *global, JSObject **winProfilePrototype)
-{
-  *winProfilePrototype = JS_InitClass( jscontext,          // context
-                                       global,             // global object
-                                       nsnull,             // parent proto 
-                                       &WinProfileClass,   // JSClass
-                                       nsnull,             // JSNative ctor
-                                       0,                  // ctor args
-                                       nsnull,             // proto props
-                                       nsnull,             // proto funcs
-                                       nsnull,             // ctor props (static)
-                                       WinProfileMethods); // ctor funcs (static)
-
-  if(nsnull == *winProfilePrototype) 
-  {
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  if(PR_FALSE == JS_DefineConstDoubles(jscontext, *winProfilePrototype, winprofile_constants))
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/xpinstall/src/nsJSWinProfile.h

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
- * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
- * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * NPL.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
- * Reserved.
- */
-
-#ifndef __NS_JSWINPROTOTYPE_H__
-#define __NS_JSWINPROTOTYPE_H__
-
-PRInt32
-InitWinProfilePrototype(JSContext *jscontext, JSObject *global, JSObject **winRegPrototype);
-
-#endif